1 |
227 |
jeremybenn |
/* Intel 80386/80486-specific support for 32-bit ELF
|
2 |
|
|
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
|
3 |
|
|
2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
6 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
8 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
9 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
10 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
13 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
14 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
15 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
16 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
18 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
19 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
20 |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
21 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
23 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
24 |
|
|
#include "bfdlink.h"
|
25 |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
26 |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
27 |
|
|
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
|
28 |
|
|
#include "bfd_stdint.h"
|
29 |
|
|
#include "objalloc.h"
|
30 |
|
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
31 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
/* 386 uses REL relocations instead of RELA. */
|
33 |
|
|
#define USE_REL 1
|
34 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
#include "elf/i386.h"
|
36 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
|
38 |
|
|
{
|
39 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
40 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_NONE",
|
41 |
|
|
TRUE, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE),
|
42 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
43 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_32",
|
44 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
45 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_PC32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
46 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC32",
|
47 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
|
48 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_GOT32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
49 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOT32",
|
50 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
51 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_PLT32, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
52 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PLT32",
|
53 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
|
54 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_COPY, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
55 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_COPY",
|
56 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
57 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
58 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GLOB_DAT",
|
59 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
60 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_JUMP_SLOT, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
61 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_JUMP_SLOT",
|
62 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
63 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_RELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
64 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_RELATIVE",
|
65 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
66 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_GOTOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
67 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTOFF",
|
68 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
69 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_GOTPC, 0, 2, 32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
70 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_GOTPC",
|
71 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, TRUE),
|
72 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
/* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
|
74 |
|
|
R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
|
75 |
|
|
R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
|
76 |
|
|
R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */
|
77 |
|
|
#define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
|
78 |
|
|
#define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
|
79 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
/* These relocs are a GNU extension. */
|
81 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
82 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF",
|
83 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
84 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
85 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE",
|
86 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
87 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTIE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
88 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTIE",
|
89 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
90 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
91 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE",
|
92 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
93 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GD, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
94 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GD",
|
95 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
96 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDM, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
97 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDM",
|
98 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
99 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_16, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
100 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_16",
|
101 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, FALSE),
|
102 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_PC16, 0, 1, 16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
103 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC16",
|
104 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffff, 0xffff, TRUE),
|
105 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
106 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_8",
|
107 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, FALSE),
|
108 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,
|
109 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_PC8",
|
110 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xff, 0xff, TRUE),
|
111 |
|
|
|
112 |
|
|
#define R_386_ext (R_386_PC8 + 1 - R_386_ext_offset)
|
113 |
|
|
#define R_386_tls_offset (R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_ext)
|
114 |
|
|
/* These are common with Solaris TLS implementation. */
|
115 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LDO_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
116 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LDO_32",
|
117 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
118 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_IE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
119 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_IE_32",
|
120 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
121 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_LE_32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
122 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_LE_32",
|
123 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
124 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
125 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32",
|
126 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
127 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
128 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32",
|
129 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
130 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_TPOFF32, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
131 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_TPOFF32",
|
132 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
133 |
|
|
EMPTY_HOWTO (38),
|
134 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_GOTDESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
135 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_GOTDESC",
|
136 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
137 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_dont,
|
138 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL",
|
139 |
|
|
FALSE, 0, 0, FALSE),
|
140 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_TLS_DESC, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
141 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_TLS_DESC",
|
142 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
143 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_386_IRELATIVE, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield,
|
144 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_386_IRELATIVE",
|
145 |
|
|
TRUE, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE),
|
146 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
/* Another gap. */
|
148 |
|
|
#define R_386_irelative (R_386_IRELATIVE + 1 - R_386_tls_offset)
|
149 |
|
|
#define R_386_vt_offset (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_irelative)
|
150 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
|
152 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
|
153 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
154 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
155 |
|
|
0, /* bitsize */
|
156 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
157 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
158 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
159 |
|
|
NULL, /* special_function */
|
160 |
|
|
"R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
|
161 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
162 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
163 |
|
|
0, /* dst_mask */
|
164 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
165 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
|
167 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
|
168 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
169 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
170 |
|
|
0, /* bitsize */
|
171 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
172 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
173 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
174 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
|
175 |
|
|
"R_386_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
|
176 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
177 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
178 |
|
|
0, /* dst_mask */
|
179 |
|
|
FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */
|
180 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
#define R_386_vt (R_386_GNU_VTENTRY + 1 - R_386_vt_offset)
|
182 |
|
|
|
183 |
|
|
};
|
184 |
|
|
|
185 |
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_GEN_RELOC
|
186 |
|
|
#define TRACE(str) \
|
187 |
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "i386 bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
|
188 |
|
|
#else
|
189 |
|
|
#define TRACE(str)
|
190 |
|
|
#endif
|
191 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
193 |
|
|
elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
194 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
|
195 |
|
|
{
|
196 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
197 |
|
|
{
|
198 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
|
199 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
|
200 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_NONE];
|
201 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_32:
|
203 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
|
204 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
|
205 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:
|
207 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_CTOR");
|
208 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_32];
|
209 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
|
211 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_PC32");
|
212 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC32];
|
213 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32:
|
215 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOT32");
|
216 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOT32];
|
217 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32:
|
219 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_PLT32");
|
220 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PLT32];
|
221 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_COPY:
|
223 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_COPY");
|
224 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_COPY];
|
225 |
|
|
|
226 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT:
|
227 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GLOB_DAT");
|
228 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GLOB_DAT];
|
229 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT:
|
231 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_JUMP_SLOT");
|
232 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_JUMP_SLOT];
|
233 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE:
|
235 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_RELATIVE");
|
236 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_RELATIVE];
|
237 |
|
|
|
238 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF:
|
239 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTOFF");
|
240 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTOFF];
|
241 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC:
|
243 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_GOTPC");
|
244 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GOTPC];
|
245 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
/* These relocs are a GNU extension. */
|
247 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF:
|
248 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF");
|
249 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_ext_offset];
|
250 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE:
|
252 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE");
|
253 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE - R_386_ext_offset];
|
254 |
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
256 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTIE");
|
257 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTIE - R_386_ext_offset];
|
258 |
|
|
|
259 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE:
|
260 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE");
|
261 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE - R_386_ext_offset];
|
262 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD:
|
264 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GD");
|
265 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GD - R_386_ext_offset];
|
266 |
|
|
|
267 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM:
|
268 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDM");
|
269 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDM - R_386_ext_offset];
|
270 |
|
|
|
271 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_16:
|
272 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16");
|
273 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_16 - R_386_ext_offset];
|
274 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
|
276 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL");
|
277 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC16 - R_386_ext_offset];
|
278 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_8:
|
280 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8");
|
281 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_8 - R_386_ext_offset];
|
282 |
|
|
|
283 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
|
284 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL");
|
285 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_PC8 - R_386_ext_offset];
|
286 |
|
|
|
287 |
|
|
/* Common with Sun TLS implementation. */
|
288 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32:
|
289 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LDO_32");
|
290 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LDO_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
291 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
293 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_IE_32");
|
294 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_IE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
295 |
|
|
|
296 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32:
|
297 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_LE_32");
|
298 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_LE_32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
299 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32:
|
301 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPMOD32");
|
302 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
303 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32:
|
305 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DTPOFF32");
|
306 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
307 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32:
|
309 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_TPOFF32");
|
310 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 - R_386_tls_offset];
|
311 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
313 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_GOTDESC");
|
314 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_GOTDESC - R_386_tls_offset];
|
315 |
|
|
|
316 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
317 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC_CALL");
|
318 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL - R_386_tls_offset];
|
319 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC:
|
321 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_TLS_DESC");
|
322 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_TLS_DESC - R_386_tls_offset];
|
323 |
|
|
|
324 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE:
|
325 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_386_IRELATIVE");
|
326 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_IRELATIVE];
|
327 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
|
329 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
|
330 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT - R_386_vt_offset];
|
331 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
|
333 |
|
|
TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
|
334 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[R_386_GNU_VTENTRY - R_386_vt_offset];
|
335 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
default:
|
337 |
|
|
break;
|
338 |
|
|
}
|
339 |
|
|
|
340 |
|
|
TRACE ("Unknown");
|
341 |
|
|
return 0;
|
342 |
|
|
}
|
343 |
|
|
|
344 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
345 |
|
|
elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
346 |
|
|
const char *r_name)
|
347 |
|
|
{
|
348 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
349 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (elf_howto_table) / sizeof (elf_howto_table[0]); i++)
|
351 |
|
|
if (elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
352 |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
353 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[i];
|
354 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
356 |
|
|
}
|
357 |
|
|
|
358 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
359 |
|
|
elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, unsigned r_type)
|
360 |
|
|
{
|
361 |
|
|
unsigned int indx;
|
362 |
|
|
|
363 |
|
|
if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
|
364 |
|
|
&& ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
|
365 |
|
|
>= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
|
366 |
|
|
&& ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
|
367 |
|
|
>= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext)
|
368 |
|
|
&& ((indx = r_type - R_386_vt_offset) - R_386_irelative
|
369 |
|
|
>= R_386_vt - R_386_irelative))
|
370 |
|
|
{
|
371 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
|
372 |
|
|
abfd, (int) r_type);
|
373 |
|
|
indx = R_386_NONE;
|
374 |
|
|
}
|
375 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_howto_table [indx].type == r_type);
|
376 |
|
|
return &elf_howto_table[indx];
|
377 |
|
|
}
|
378 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
|
static void
|
380 |
|
|
elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
381 |
|
|
arelent *cache_ptr,
|
382 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
|
383 |
|
|
{
|
384 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
|
385 |
|
|
cache_ptr->howto = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, r_type);
|
386 |
|
|
}
|
387 |
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local label. The UnixWare
|
389 |
|
|
2.1 cc generates temporary symbols that start with .X, so we
|
390 |
|
|
recognize them here. FIXME: do other SVR4 compilers also use .X?.
|
391 |
|
|
If so, we should move the .X recognition into
|
392 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name. */
|
393 |
|
|
|
394 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
395 |
|
|
elf_i386_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
|
396 |
|
|
{
|
397 |
|
|
if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'X')
|
398 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
399 |
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, name);
|
401 |
|
|
}
|
402 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
|
404 |
|
|
|
405 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
406 |
|
|
elf_i386_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
407 |
|
|
{
|
408 |
|
|
int offset;
|
409 |
|
|
size_t size;
|
410 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
|
412 |
|
|
{
|
413 |
|
|
int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
|
414 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
|
if (pr_version != 1)
|
416 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
417 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
|
/* pr_cursig */
|
419 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 20);
|
420 |
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
/* pr_pid */
|
422 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
423 |
|
|
|
424 |
|
|
/* pr_reg */
|
425 |
|
|
offset = 28;
|
426 |
|
|
size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
|
427 |
|
|
}
|
428 |
|
|
else
|
429 |
|
|
{
|
430 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
431 |
|
|
{
|
432 |
|
|
default:
|
433 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
434 |
|
|
|
435 |
|
|
case 144: /* Linux/i386 */
|
436 |
|
|
/* pr_cursig */
|
437 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
438 |
|
|
|
439 |
|
|
/* pr_pid */
|
440 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
441 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
/* pr_reg */
|
443 |
|
|
offset = 72;
|
444 |
|
|
size = 68;
|
445 |
|
|
|
446 |
|
|
break;
|
447 |
|
|
}
|
448 |
|
|
}
|
449 |
|
|
|
450 |
|
|
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
451 |
|
|
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
452 |
|
|
size, note->descpos + offset);
|
453 |
|
|
}
|
454 |
|
|
|
455 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
456 |
|
|
elf_i386_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
457 |
|
|
{
|
458 |
|
|
if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
|
459 |
|
|
{
|
460 |
|
|
int pr_version = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
|
461 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
|
if (pr_version != 1)
|
463 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
464 |
|
|
|
465 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
466 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 8, 17);
|
467 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
468 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 25, 81);
|
469 |
|
|
}
|
470 |
|
|
else
|
471 |
|
|
{
|
472 |
|
|
switch (note->descsz)
|
473 |
|
|
{
|
474 |
|
|
default:
|
475 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
476 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
case 124: /* Linux/i386 elf_prpsinfo. */
|
478 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
|
479 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
|
480 |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
|
481 |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
|
482 |
|
|
}
|
483 |
|
|
}
|
484 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
|
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
486 |
|
|
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
487 |
|
|
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
488 |
|
|
{
|
489 |
|
|
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
|
490 |
|
|
int n = strlen (command);
|
491 |
|
|
|
492 |
|
|
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
493 |
|
|
command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
494 |
|
|
}
|
495 |
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
497 |
|
|
}
|
498 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
|
/* Functions for the i386 ELF linker.
|
500 |
|
|
|
501 |
|
|
In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
|
502 |
|
|
knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
|
503 |
|
|
following:
|
504 |
|
|
|
505 |
|
|
Functions named elf_i386_* are called by external routines, other
|
506 |
|
|
functions are only called locally. elf_i386_* functions appear
|
507 |
|
|
in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
|
508 |
|
|
from external routines. eg. elf_i386_check_relocs is called
|
509 |
|
|
early in the link process, elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections is
|
510 |
|
|
one of the last functions. */
|
511 |
|
|
|
512 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
514 |
|
|
section. */
|
515 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
|
517 |
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
|
519 |
|
|
copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
|
520 |
|
|
section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
|
521 |
|
|
shared lib. */
|
522 |
|
|
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
|
523 |
|
|
|
524 |
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
525 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
|
527 |
|
|
|
528 |
|
|
/* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like
|
529 |
|
|
this. See the SVR4 ABI i386 supplement to see how this works.
|
530 |
|
|
Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */
|
531 |
|
|
|
532 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt0_entry[12] =
|
533 |
|
|
{
|
534 |
|
|
0xff, 0x35, /* pushl contents of address */
|
535 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of .got + 4. */
|
536 |
|
|
0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */
|
537 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with address of .got + 8. */
|
538 |
|
|
};
|
539 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
/* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
|
541 |
|
|
this. */
|
542 |
|
|
|
543 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
544 |
|
|
{
|
545 |
|
|
0xff, 0x25, /* jmp indirect */
|
546 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
|
547 |
|
|
0x68, /* pushl immediate */
|
548 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
549 |
|
|
0xe9, /* jmp relative */
|
550 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */
|
551 |
|
|
};
|
552 |
|
|
|
553 |
|
|
/* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.
|
554 |
|
|
Will be padded to PLT_ENTRY_SIZE with htab->plt0_pad_byte. */
|
555 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry[12] =
|
557 |
|
|
{
|
558 |
|
|
0xff, 0xb3, 4, 0, 0, 0, /* pushl 4(%ebx) */
|
559 |
|
|
0xff, 0xa3, 8, 0, 0, 0 /* jmp *8(%ebx) */
|
560 |
|
|
};
|
561 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
/* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
563 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_i386_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
565 |
|
|
{
|
566 |
|
|
0xff, 0xa3, /* jmp *offset(%ebx) */
|
567 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
|
568 |
|
|
0x68, /* pushl immediate */
|
569 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table. */
|
570 |
|
|
0xe9, /* jmp relative */
|
571 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with offset to start of .plt. */
|
572 |
|
|
};
|
573 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
/* On VxWorks, the .rel.plt.unloaded section has absolute relocations
|
575 |
|
|
for the PLTResolve stub and then for each PLT entry. */
|
576 |
|
|
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
|
577 |
|
|
#define PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
|
578 |
|
|
#define PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS 2
|
579 |
|
|
|
580 |
|
|
/* i386 ELF linker hash entry. */
|
581 |
|
|
|
582 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry
|
583 |
|
|
{
|
584 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
|
585 |
|
|
|
586 |
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
|
587 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
|
588 |
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
#define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
|
590 |
|
|
#define GOT_NORMAL 1
|
591 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD 2
|
592 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
|
593 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE_POS 5
|
594 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE_NEG 6
|
595 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH 7
|
596 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8
|
597 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P(type) \
|
598 |
|
|
((type) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_GDESC))
|
599 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD_P(type) \
|
600 |
|
|
((type) == GOT_TLS_GD || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
|
601 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GDESC_P(type) \
|
602 |
|
|
((type) == GOT_TLS_GDESC || GOT_TLS_GD_BOTH_P (type))
|
603 |
|
|
#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) \
|
604 |
|
|
(GOT_TLS_GD_P (type) || GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (type))
|
605 |
|
|
unsigned char tls_type;
|
606 |
|
|
|
607 |
|
|
/* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
|
608 |
|
|
starting at the end of the jump table. */
|
609 |
|
|
bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
|
610 |
|
|
};
|
611 |
|
|
|
612 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
|
613 |
|
|
|
614 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_obj_tdata
|
615 |
|
|
{
|
616 |
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata root;
|
617 |
|
|
|
618 |
|
|
/* tls_type for each local got entry. */
|
619 |
|
|
char *local_got_tls_type;
|
620 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
/* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */
|
622 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
|
623 |
|
|
};
|
624 |
|
|
|
625 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_tdata(abfd) \
|
626 |
|
|
((struct elf_i386_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
|
627 |
|
|
|
628 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
|
629 |
|
|
(elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
|
630 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent(abfd) \
|
632 |
|
|
(elf_i386_tdata (abfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
|
633 |
|
|
|
634 |
|
|
#define is_i386_elf(bfd) \
|
635 |
|
|
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
636 |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
|
637 |
|
|
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == I386_ELF_DATA)
|
638 |
|
|
|
639 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
640 |
|
|
elf_i386_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
641 |
|
|
{
|
642 |
|
|
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_i386_obj_tdata),
|
643 |
|
|
I386_ELF_DATA);
|
644 |
|
|
}
|
645 |
|
|
|
646 |
|
|
/* i386 ELF linker hash table. */
|
647 |
|
|
|
648 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table
|
649 |
|
|
{
|
650 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
|
651 |
|
|
|
652 |
|
|
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
|
653 |
|
|
asection *sdynbss;
|
654 |
|
|
asection *srelbss;
|
655 |
|
|
|
656 |
|
|
union
|
657 |
|
|
{
|
658 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
659 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
660 |
|
|
} tls_ldm_got;
|
661 |
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
/* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
|
663 |
|
|
section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */
|
664 |
|
|
bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
|
665 |
|
|
|
666 |
|
|
/* Small local sym cache. */
|
667 |
|
|
struct sym_cache sym_cache;
|
668 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
/* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol. */
|
670 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *tls_module_base;
|
671 |
|
|
|
672 |
|
|
/* Used by local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
|
673 |
|
|
htab_t loc_hash_table;
|
674 |
|
|
void * loc_hash_memory;
|
675 |
|
|
|
676 |
|
|
/* The (unloaded but important) .rel.plt.unloaded section on VxWorks. */
|
677 |
|
|
asection *srelplt2;
|
678 |
|
|
|
679 |
|
|
/* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
|
680 |
|
|
int is_vxworks;
|
681 |
|
|
|
682 |
|
|
/* The index of the next unused R_386_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */
|
683 |
|
|
bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
|
684 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
/* Value used to fill the last word of the first plt entry. */
|
686 |
|
|
bfd_byte plt0_pad_byte;
|
687 |
|
|
};
|
688 |
|
|
|
689 |
|
|
/* Get the i386 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
690 |
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_hash_table(p) \
|
692 |
|
|
(elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
|
693 |
|
|
== I386_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
|
694 |
|
|
|
695 |
|
|
#define elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
|
696 |
|
|
((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
|
697 |
|
|
|
698 |
|
|
/* Create an entry in an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
|
699 |
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
701 |
|
|
elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
702 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
703 |
|
|
const char *string)
|
704 |
|
|
{
|
705 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
706 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
707 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
708 |
|
|
{
|
709 |
|
|
entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
|
710 |
|
|
bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
|
711 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
712 |
|
|
return entry;
|
713 |
|
|
}
|
714 |
|
|
|
715 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
716 |
|
|
entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
717 |
|
|
if (entry != NULL)
|
718 |
|
|
{
|
719 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
720 |
|
|
|
721 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) entry;
|
722 |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
723 |
|
|
eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
724 |
|
|
eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
725 |
|
|
}
|
726 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
return entry;
|
728 |
|
|
}
|
729 |
|
|
|
730 |
|
|
/* Compute a hash of a local hash entry. We use elf_link_hash_entry
|
731 |
|
|
for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
|
732 |
|
|
as global symbol. We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
|
733 |
|
|
hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend. */
|
734 |
|
|
|
735 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
736 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
|
737 |
|
|
{
|
738 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
|
739 |
|
|
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
|
740 |
|
|
return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
|
741 |
|
|
}
|
742 |
|
|
|
743 |
|
|
/* Compare local hash entries. */
|
744 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
|
static int
|
746 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
|
747 |
|
|
{
|
748 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
|
749 |
|
|
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
|
750 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
|
751 |
|
|
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
|
752 |
|
|
|
753 |
|
|
return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
|
754 |
|
|
}
|
755 |
|
|
|
756 |
|
|
/* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol. */
|
757 |
|
|
|
758 |
|
|
static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
|
759 |
|
|
elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab,
|
760 |
|
|
bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
761 |
|
|
bfd_boolean create)
|
762 |
|
|
{
|
763 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
|
764 |
|
|
asection *sec = abfd->sections;
|
765 |
|
|
hashval_t h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id,
|
766 |
|
|
ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info));
|
767 |
|
|
void **slot;
|
768 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
e.elf.indx = sec->id;
|
770 |
|
|
e.elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
771 |
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
|
772 |
|
|
create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
|
773 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
if (!slot)
|
775 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
776 |
|
|
|
777 |
|
|
if (*slot)
|
778 |
|
|
{
|
779 |
|
|
ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
|
780 |
|
|
return &ret->elf;
|
781 |
|
|
}
|
782 |
|
|
|
783 |
|
|
ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *)
|
784 |
|
|
objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
|
785 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry));
|
786 |
|
|
if (ret)
|
787 |
|
|
{
|
788 |
|
|
memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
|
789 |
|
|
ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
|
790 |
|
|
ret->elf.dynstr_index = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
791 |
|
|
ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
|
792 |
|
|
ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
793 |
|
|
ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
794 |
|
|
*slot = ret;
|
795 |
|
|
}
|
796 |
|
|
return &ret->elf;
|
797 |
|
|
}
|
798 |
|
|
|
799 |
|
|
/* Create an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
|
800 |
|
|
|
801 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
802 |
|
|
elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
803 |
|
|
{
|
804 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *ret;
|
805 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table);
|
806 |
|
|
|
807 |
|
|
ret = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
808 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
809 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
810 |
|
|
|
811 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
|
812 |
|
|
elf_i386_link_hash_newfunc,
|
813 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry),
|
814 |
|
|
I386_ELF_DATA))
|
815 |
|
|
{
|
816 |
|
|
free (ret);
|
817 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
818 |
|
|
}
|
819 |
|
|
|
820 |
|
|
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
|
821 |
|
|
ret->srelbss = NULL;
|
822 |
|
|
ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
|
823 |
|
|
ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
|
824 |
|
|
ret->sgotplt_jump_table_size = 0;
|
825 |
|
|
ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
|
826 |
|
|
ret->is_vxworks = 0;
|
827 |
|
|
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
|
828 |
|
|
ret->plt0_pad_byte = 0;
|
829 |
|
|
ret->tls_module_base = NULL;
|
830 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
|
ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
|
832 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_htab_hash,
|
833 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_htab_eq,
|
834 |
|
|
NULL);
|
835 |
|
|
ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
|
836 |
|
|
if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
|
837 |
|
|
{
|
838 |
|
|
free (ret);
|
839 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
840 |
|
|
}
|
841 |
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
return &ret->elf.root;
|
843 |
|
|
}
|
844 |
|
|
|
845 |
|
|
/* Destroy an i386 ELF linker hash table. */
|
846 |
|
|
|
847 |
|
|
static void
|
848 |
|
|
elf_i386_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash)
|
849 |
|
|
{
|
850 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab
|
851 |
|
|
= (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) hash;
|
852 |
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
if (htab->loc_hash_table)
|
854 |
|
|
htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
|
855 |
|
|
if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
|
856 |
|
|
objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
|
857 |
|
|
_bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash);
|
858 |
|
|
}
|
859 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
/* Create .plt, .rel.plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel.got, .dynbss, and
|
861 |
|
|
.rel.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
|
862 |
|
|
hash table. */
|
863 |
|
|
|
864 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
865 |
|
|
elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
866 |
|
|
{
|
867 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
868 |
|
|
|
869 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
|
870 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
871 |
|
|
|
872 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
873 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
874 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
875 |
|
|
|
876 |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
|
877 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
878 |
|
|
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.bss");
|
879 |
|
|
|
880 |
|
|
if (!htab->sdynbss
|
881 |
|
|
|| (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
|
882 |
|
|
abort ();
|
883 |
|
|
|
884 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
885 |
|
|
&& !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info,
|
886 |
|
|
&htab->srelplt2))
|
887 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
888 |
|
|
|
889 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
890 |
|
|
}
|
891 |
|
|
|
892 |
|
|
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
|
893 |
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
static void
|
895 |
|
|
elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
896 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
|
897 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
|
898 |
|
|
{
|
899 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
|
900 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
edir = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
902 |
|
|
eind = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
903 |
|
|
|
904 |
|
|
if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
905 |
|
|
{
|
906 |
|
|
if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
907 |
|
|
{
|
908 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
909 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
910 |
|
|
|
911 |
|
|
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
|
912 |
|
|
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
|
913 |
|
|
for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
914 |
|
|
{
|
915 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
|
916 |
|
|
|
917 |
|
|
for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
|
918 |
|
|
if (q->sec == p->sec)
|
919 |
|
|
{
|
920 |
|
|
q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
|
921 |
|
|
q->count += p->count;
|
922 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
923 |
|
|
break;
|
924 |
|
|
}
|
925 |
|
|
if (q == NULL)
|
926 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
927 |
|
|
}
|
928 |
|
|
*pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
|
929 |
|
|
}
|
930 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
|
932 |
|
|
eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
933 |
|
|
}
|
934 |
|
|
|
935 |
|
|
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
936 |
|
|
&& dir->got.refcount <= 0)
|
937 |
|
|
{
|
938 |
|
|
edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
|
939 |
|
|
eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
940 |
|
|
}
|
941 |
|
|
|
942 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
943 |
|
|
&& ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
944 |
|
|
&& dir->dynamic_adjusted)
|
945 |
|
|
{
|
946 |
|
|
/* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
|
947 |
|
|
of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
|
948 |
|
|
We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
|
949 |
|
|
dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
|
950 |
|
|
dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
|
951 |
|
|
dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
|
952 |
|
|
dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
|
953 |
|
|
dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
|
954 |
|
|
}
|
955 |
|
|
else
|
956 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
|
957 |
|
|
}
|
958 |
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
typedef union
|
960 |
|
|
{
|
961 |
|
|
unsigned char c[2];
|
962 |
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
963 |
|
|
}
|
964 |
|
|
i386_opcode16;
|
965 |
|
|
|
966 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access code sequence support transition
|
967 |
|
|
from R_TYPE. */
|
968 |
|
|
|
969 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
970 |
|
|
elf_i386_check_tls_transition (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
|
971 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents,
|
972 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
|
973 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
|
974 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type,
|
975 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
976 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
|
977 |
|
|
{
|
978 |
|
|
unsigned int val, type;
|
979 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
980 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
981 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
982 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
/* Get the section contents. */
|
984 |
|
|
if (contents == NULL)
|
985 |
|
|
{
|
986 |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
987 |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
988 |
|
|
else
|
989 |
|
|
{
|
990 |
|
|
/* FIXME: How to better handle error condition? */
|
991 |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
|
992 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
993 |
|
|
|
994 |
|
|
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
995 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
996 |
|
|
}
|
997 |
|
|
}
|
998 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset;
|
1000 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1001 |
|
|
{
|
1002 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD:
|
1003 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDM:
|
1004 |
|
|
if (offset < 2 || (rel + 1) >= relend)
|
1005 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1006 |
|
|
|
1007 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
|
1008 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GD)
|
1009 |
|
|
{
|
1010 |
|
|
/* Check transition from GD access model. Only
|
1011 |
|
|
leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
|
1012 |
|
|
leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
|
1013 |
|
|
can transit to different access model. */
|
1014 |
|
|
if ((offset + 10) > sec->size ||
|
1015 |
|
|
(type != 0x8d && type != 0x04))
|
1016 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1017 |
|
|
|
1018 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
|
1019 |
|
|
if (type == 0x04)
|
1020 |
|
|
{
|
1021 |
|
|
/* leal foo@tlsgd(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr */
|
1022 |
|
|
if (offset < 3)
|
1023 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1024 |
|
|
|
1025 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 3) != 0x8d)
|
1026 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1027 |
|
|
|
1028 |
|
|
if ((val & 0xc7) != 0x05 || val == (4 << 3))
|
1029 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1030 |
|
|
}
|
1031 |
|
|
else
|
1032 |
|
|
{
|
1033 |
|
|
/* leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop */
|
1034 |
|
|
if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
|
1035 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1036 |
|
|
|
1037 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 9) != 0x90)
|
1038 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1039 |
|
|
}
|
1040 |
|
|
}
|
1041 |
|
|
else
|
1042 |
|
|
{
|
1043 |
|
|
/* Check transition from LD access model. Only
|
1044 |
|
|
leal foo@tlsgd(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
|
1045 |
|
|
can transit to different access model. */
|
1046 |
|
|
if (type != 0x8d || (offset + 9) > sec->size)
|
1047 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1048 |
|
|
|
1049 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
|
1050 |
|
|
if ((val & 0xf8) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
|
1051 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1052 |
|
|
}
|
1053 |
|
|
|
1054 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset + 4) != 0xe8)
|
1055 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1056 |
|
|
|
1057 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
|
1058 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
1059 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1060 |
|
|
|
1061 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
1062 |
|
|
/* Use strncmp to check ___tls_get_addr since ___tls_get_addr
|
1063 |
|
|
may be versioned. */
|
1064 |
|
|
return (h != NULL
|
1065 |
|
|
&& h->root.root.string != NULL
|
1066 |
|
|
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PC32
|
1067 |
|
|
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_386_PLT32)
|
1068 |
|
|
&& (strncmp (h->root.root.string, "___tls_get_addr",
|
1069 |
|
|
15) == 0));
|
1070 |
|
|
|
1071 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
1072 |
|
|
/* Check transition from IE access model:
|
1073 |
|
|
movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %eax
|
1074 |
|
|
movl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
|
1075 |
|
|
addl foo@indntpoff(%rip), %reg
|
1076 |
|
|
*/
|
1077 |
|
|
|
1078 |
|
|
if (offset < 1 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
|
1079 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1080 |
|
|
|
1081 |
|
|
/* Check "movl foo@tpoff(%rip), %eax" first. */
|
1082 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
|
1083 |
|
|
if (val == 0xa1)
|
1084 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1085 |
|
|
|
1086 |
|
|
if (offset < 2)
|
1087 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1088 |
|
|
|
1089 |
|
|
/* Check movl|addl foo@tpoff(%rip), %reg. */
|
1090 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
|
1091 |
|
|
return ((type == 0x8b || type == 0x03)
|
1092 |
|
|
&& (val & 0xc7) == 0x05);
|
1093 |
|
|
|
1094 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
1095 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
1096 |
|
|
/* Check transition from {IE_32,GOTIE} access model:
|
1097 |
|
|
subl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
|
1098 |
|
|
movl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
|
1099 |
|
|
addl foo@{tpoff,gontoff}(%reg1), %reg2
|
1100 |
|
|
*/
|
1101 |
|
|
|
1102 |
|
|
if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
|
1103 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1104 |
|
|
|
1105 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
|
1106 |
|
|
if ((val & 0xc0) != 0x80 || (val & 7) == 4)
|
1107 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1108 |
|
|
|
1109 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2);
|
1110 |
|
|
return type == 0x8b || type == 0x2b || type == 0x03;
|
1111 |
|
|
|
1112 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
1113 |
|
|
/* Check transition from GDesc access model:
|
1114 |
|
|
leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
|
1115 |
|
|
|
1116 |
|
|
Make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit offset
|
1117 |
|
|
into any register, although it's probably almost always
|
1118 |
|
|
going to be eax. */
|
1119 |
|
|
|
1120 |
|
|
if (offset < 2 || (offset + 4) > sec->size)
|
1121 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1122 |
|
|
|
1123 |
|
|
if (bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 2) != 0x8d)
|
1124 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1125 |
|
|
|
1126 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + offset - 1);
|
1127 |
|
|
return (val & 0xc7) == 0x83;
|
1128 |
|
|
|
1129 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
1130 |
|
|
/* Check transition from GDesc access model:
|
1131 |
|
|
call *x@tlsdesc(%rax)
|
1132 |
|
|
*/
|
1133 |
|
|
if (offset + 2 <= sec->size)
|
1134 |
|
|
{
|
1135 |
|
|
/* Make sure that it's a call *x@tlsdesc(%rax). */
|
1136 |
|
|
static i386_opcode16 call = { { 0xff, 0x10 } };
|
1137 |
|
|
return bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + offset) == call.i;
|
1138 |
|
|
}
|
1139 |
|
|
|
1140 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1141 |
|
|
|
1142 |
|
|
default:
|
1143 |
|
|
abort ();
|
1144 |
|
|
}
|
1145 |
|
|
}
|
1146 |
|
|
|
1147 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if the TLS access transition is OK or no transition
|
1148 |
|
|
will be performed. Update R_TYPE if there is a transition. */
|
1149 |
|
|
|
1150 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1151 |
|
|
elf_i386_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
|
1152 |
|
|
asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents,
|
1153 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
|
1154 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes,
|
1155 |
|
|
unsigned int *r_type, int tls_type,
|
1156 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
1157 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
|
1158 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
1159 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx)
|
1160 |
|
|
{
|
1161 |
|
|
unsigned int from_type = *r_type;
|
1162 |
|
|
unsigned int to_type = from_type;
|
1163 |
|
|
bfd_boolean check = TRUE;
|
1164 |
|
|
|
1165 |
|
|
switch (from_type)
|
1166 |
|
|
{
|
1167 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD:
|
1168 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
1169 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
1170 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
1171 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
1172 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
1173 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
1174 |
|
|
{
|
1175 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
1176 |
|
|
to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
|
1177 |
|
|
else if (from_type != R_386_TLS_IE
|
1178 |
|
|
&& from_type != R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
|
1179 |
|
|
to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
|
1180 |
|
|
}
|
1181 |
|
|
|
1182 |
|
|
/* When we are called from elf_i386_relocate_section, CONTENTS
|
1183 |
|
|
isn't NULL and there may be additional transitions based on
|
1184 |
|
|
TLS_TYPE. */
|
1185 |
|
|
if (contents != NULL)
|
1186 |
|
|
{
|
1187 |
|
|
unsigned int new_to_type = to_type;
|
1188 |
|
|
|
1189 |
|
|
if (info->executable
|
1190 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
1191 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx == -1
|
1192 |
|
|
&& (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
1193 |
|
|
new_to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
|
1194 |
|
|
|
1195 |
|
|
if (to_type == R_386_TLS_GD
|
1196 |
|
|
|| to_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
|
1197 |
|
|
|| to_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
|
1198 |
|
|
{
|
1199 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
|
1200 |
|
|
new_to_type = R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
|
1201 |
|
|
else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
|
1202 |
|
|
new_to_type = R_386_TLS_IE_32;
|
1203 |
|
|
}
|
1204 |
|
|
|
1205 |
|
|
/* We checked the transition before when we were called from
|
1206 |
|
|
elf_i386_check_relocs. We only want to check the new
|
1207 |
|
|
transition which hasn't been checked before. */
|
1208 |
|
|
check = new_to_type != to_type && from_type == to_type;
|
1209 |
|
|
to_type = new_to_type;
|
1210 |
|
|
}
|
1211 |
|
|
|
1212 |
|
|
break;
|
1213 |
|
|
|
1214 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDM:
|
1215 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
1216 |
|
|
to_type = R_386_TLS_LE_32;
|
1217 |
|
|
break;
|
1218 |
|
|
|
1219 |
|
|
default:
|
1220 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1221 |
|
|
}
|
1222 |
|
|
|
1223 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if there is no transition. */
|
1224 |
|
|
if (from_type == to_type)
|
1225 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1226 |
|
|
|
1227 |
|
|
/* Check if the transition can be performed. */
|
1228 |
|
|
if (check
|
1229 |
|
|
&& ! elf_i386_check_tls_transition (abfd, sec, contents,
|
1230 |
|
|
symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
1231 |
|
|
from_type, rel, relend))
|
1232 |
|
|
{
|
1233 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *from, *to;
|
1234 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
1235 |
|
|
|
1236 |
|
|
from = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, from_type);
|
1237 |
|
|
to = elf_i386_rtype_to_howto (abfd, to_type);
|
1238 |
|
|
|
1239 |
|
|
if (h)
|
1240 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
1241 |
|
|
else
|
1242 |
|
|
{
|
1243 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
1244 |
|
|
|
1245 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
1246 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
1247 |
|
|
name = "*unknown*";
|
1248 |
|
|
else
|
1249 |
|
|
{
|
1250 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
1251 |
|
|
|
1252 |
|
|
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
|
1253 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
1254 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym, NULL);
|
1255 |
|
|
}
|
1256 |
|
|
}
|
1257 |
|
|
|
1258 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
1259 |
|
|
(_("%B: TLS transition from %s to %s against `%s' at 0x%lx "
|
1260 |
|
|
"in section `%A' failed"),
|
1261 |
|
|
abfd, sec, from->name, to->name, name,
|
1262 |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
|
1263 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
1264 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1265 |
|
|
}
|
1266 |
|
|
|
1267 |
|
|
*r_type = to_type;
|
1268 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1269 |
|
|
}
|
1270 |
|
|
|
1271 |
|
|
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
|
1272 |
|
|
calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
|
1273 |
|
|
table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
|
1274 |
|
|
|
1275 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1276 |
|
|
elf_i386_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
|
1277 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
1278 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
1279 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
1280 |
|
|
{
|
1281 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
1282 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
1283 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
1284 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
1285 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
1286 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
1287 |
|
|
|
1288 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
1289 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1290 |
|
|
|
1291 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (abfd));
|
1292 |
|
|
|
1293 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
1294 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
1295 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1296 |
|
|
|
1297 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
1298 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
1299 |
|
|
|
1300 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
1301 |
|
|
|
1302 |
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
1303 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
|
1304 |
|
|
{
|
1305 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
1306 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
1307 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
1308 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
1309 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
1310 |
|
|
|
1311 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
1312 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
1313 |
|
|
|
1314 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
|
1315 |
|
|
{
|
1316 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
|
1317 |
|
|
abfd,
|
1318 |
|
|
r_symndx);
|
1319 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1320 |
|
|
}
|
1321 |
|
|
|
1322 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
1323 |
|
|
{
|
1324 |
|
|
/* A local symbol. */
|
1325 |
|
|
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
|
1326 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
1327 |
|
|
if (isym == NULL)
|
1328 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1329 |
|
|
|
1330 |
|
|
/* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
|
1331 |
|
|
if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
1332 |
|
|
{
|
1333 |
|
|
h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
|
1334 |
|
|
TRUE);
|
1335 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
1336 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1337 |
|
|
|
1338 |
|
|
/* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
|
1339 |
|
|
h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
|
1340 |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1;
|
1341 |
|
|
h->ref_regular = 1;
|
1342 |
|
|
h->forced_local = 1;
|
1343 |
|
|
h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
1344 |
|
|
}
|
1345 |
|
|
else
|
1346 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
1347 |
|
|
}
|
1348 |
|
|
else
|
1349 |
|
|
{
|
1350 |
|
|
isym = NULL;
|
1351 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
1352 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
1353 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
1354 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
1355 |
|
|
}
|
1356 |
|
|
|
1357 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1358 |
|
|
{
|
1359 |
|
|
/* Create the ifunc sections for static executables. If we
|
1360 |
|
|
never see an indirect function symbol nor we are building
|
1361 |
|
|
a static executable, those sections will be empty and
|
1362 |
|
|
won't appear in output. */
|
1363 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1364 |
|
|
{
|
1365 |
|
|
default:
|
1366 |
|
|
break;
|
1367 |
|
|
|
1368 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
1369 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
1370 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
1371 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
1372 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTOFF:
|
1373 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_ifunc_sections (abfd, info))
|
1374 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1375 |
|
|
break;
|
1376 |
|
|
}
|
1377 |
|
|
|
1378 |
|
|
/* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
|
1379 |
|
|
it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */
|
1380 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
1381 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular)
|
1382 |
|
|
{
|
1383 |
|
|
/* It is referenced by a non-shared object. */
|
1384 |
|
|
h->ref_regular = 1;
|
1385 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
1386 |
|
|
|
1387 |
|
|
/* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
|
1388 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
1389 |
|
|
|
1390 |
|
|
/* STT_GNU_IFUNC needs dynamic sections. */
|
1391 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
1392 |
|
|
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
1393 |
|
|
|
1394 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1395 |
|
|
{
|
1396 |
|
|
default:
|
1397 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.string)
|
1398 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
1399 |
|
|
else
|
1400 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
|
1401 |
|
|
NULL);
|
1402 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
1403 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
|
1404 |
|
|
"symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), abfd,
|
1405 |
|
|
elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
|
1406 |
|
|
name, __FUNCTION__);
|
1407 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
1408 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1409 |
|
|
|
1410 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
1411 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
1412 |
|
|
h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
|
1413 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
1414 |
|
|
{
|
1415 |
|
|
/* We must copy these reloc types into the
|
1416 |
|
|
output file. Create a reloc section in
|
1417 |
|
|
dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
|
1418 |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_create_ifunc_dyn_reloc
|
1419 |
|
|
(abfd, info, sec, sreloc,
|
1420 |
|
|
&((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs);
|
1421 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
1422 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1423 |
|
|
}
|
1424 |
|
|
break;
|
1425 |
|
|
|
1426 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
1427 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
1428 |
|
|
break;
|
1429 |
|
|
|
1430 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
1431 |
|
|
break;
|
1432 |
|
|
|
1433 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
1434 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTOFF:
|
1435 |
|
|
h->got.refcount += 1;
|
1436 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
|
1437 |
|
|
&& !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj,
|
1438 |
|
|
info))
|
1439 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1440 |
|
|
break;
|
1441 |
|
|
}
|
1442 |
|
|
|
1443 |
|
|
continue;
|
1444 |
|
|
}
|
1445 |
|
|
}
|
1446 |
|
|
|
1447 |
|
|
if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
|
1448 |
|
|
symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
1449 |
|
|
&r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
|
1450 |
|
|
rel, rel_end, h, r_symndx))
|
1451 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1452 |
|
|
|
1453 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1454 |
|
|
{
|
1455 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDM:
|
1456 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
|
1457 |
|
|
goto create_got;
|
1458 |
|
|
|
1459 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
1460 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
|
1461 |
|
|
actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
|
1462 |
|
|
because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
|
1463 |
|
|
never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
|
1464 |
|
|
don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
|
1465 |
|
|
after all. */
|
1466 |
|
|
|
1467 |
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
1468 |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
1469 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
1470 |
|
|
continue;
|
1471 |
|
|
|
1472 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
1473 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
1474 |
|
|
break;
|
1475 |
|
|
|
1476 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
1477 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
1478 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
1479 |
|
|
if (!info->executable)
|
1480 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
1481 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
1482 |
|
|
|
1483 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
1484 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD:
|
1485 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
1486 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
1487 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
|
1488 |
|
|
{
|
1489 |
|
|
int tls_type, old_tls_type;
|
1490 |
|
|
|
1491 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1492 |
|
|
{
|
1493 |
|
|
default:
|
1494 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
|
1495 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
|
1496 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
1497 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
1498 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
|
1499 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
1500 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == r_type)
|
1501 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
|
1502 |
|
|
else
|
1503 |
|
|
/* If this is a GD->IE transition, we may use either of
|
1504 |
|
|
R_386_TLS_TPOFF and R_386_TLS_TPOFF32. */
|
1505 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
|
1506 |
|
|
break;
|
1507 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
1508 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
1509 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_POS; break;
|
1510 |
|
|
}
|
1511 |
|
|
|
1512 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1513 |
|
|
{
|
1514 |
|
|
h->got.refcount += 1;
|
1515 |
|
|
old_tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
|
1516 |
|
|
}
|
1517 |
|
|
else
|
1518 |
|
|
{
|
1519 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
1520 |
|
|
|
1521 |
|
|
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
|
1522 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
1523 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
1524 |
|
|
{
|
1525 |
|
|
bfd_size_type size;
|
1526 |
|
|
|
1527 |
|
|
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
1528 |
|
|
size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
|
1529 |
|
|
+ sizeof (bfd_vma) + sizeof(char));
|
1530 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = (bfd_signed_vma *)
|
1531 |
|
|
bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
|
1532 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
1533 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1534 |
|
|
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
|
1535 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd)
|
1536 |
|
|
= (bfd_vma *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
1537 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
|
1538 |
|
|
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
1539 |
|
|
}
|
1540 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
1541 |
|
|
old_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
|
1542 |
|
|
}
|
1543 |
|
|
|
1544 |
|
|
if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
1545 |
|
|
tls_type |= old_tls_type;
|
1546 |
|
|
/* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
|
1547 |
|
|
there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
|
1548 |
|
|
else if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
|
1549 |
|
|
&& (! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
|
1550 |
|
|
|| (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0))
|
1551 |
|
|
{
|
1552 |
|
|
if ((old_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
|
1553 |
|
|
tls_type = old_tls_type;
|
1554 |
|
|
else if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
|
1555 |
|
|
&& GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
|
1556 |
|
|
tls_type |= old_tls_type;
|
1557 |
|
|
else
|
1558 |
|
|
{
|
1559 |
|
|
if (h)
|
1560 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
1561 |
|
|
else
|
1562 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, symtab_hdr, isym,
|
1563 |
|
|
NULL);
|
1564 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
1565 |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and "
|
1566 |
|
|
"thread local symbol"),
|
1567 |
|
|
abfd, name);
|
1568 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1569 |
|
|
}
|
1570 |
|
|
}
|
1571 |
|
|
|
1572 |
|
|
if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
|
1573 |
|
|
{
|
1574 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1575 |
|
|
elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
|
1576 |
|
|
else
|
1577 |
|
|
elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
|
1578 |
|
|
}
|
1579 |
|
|
}
|
1580 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
1581 |
|
|
|
1582 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTOFF:
|
1583 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTPC:
|
1584 |
|
|
create_got:
|
1585 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
1586 |
|
|
{
|
1587 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
1588 |
|
|
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
1589 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
|
1590 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1591 |
|
|
}
|
1592 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_386_TLS_IE)
|
1593 |
|
|
break;
|
1594 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
1595 |
|
|
|
1596 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
|
1597 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LE:
|
1598 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
1599 |
|
|
break;
|
1600 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
1601 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
1602 |
|
|
|
1603 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
1604 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
1605 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && info->executable)
|
1606 |
|
|
{
|
1607 |
|
|
/* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
|
1608 |
|
|
need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
|
1609 |
|
|
stage whether the section is read-only, as input
|
1610 |
|
|
sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
|
1611 |
|
|
Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
|
1612 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
|
1613 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
1614 |
|
|
|
1615 |
|
|
/* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
|
1616 |
|
|
refers to is in a shared lib. */
|
1617 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1;
|
1618 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_386_PC32)
|
1619 |
|
|
h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
|
1620 |
|
|
}
|
1621 |
|
|
|
1622 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
|
1623 |
|
|
against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
|
1624 |
|
|
against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
|
1625 |
|
|
into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
|
1626 |
|
|
-Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
|
1627 |
|
|
global symbol which is defined in an object we are
|
1628 |
|
|
including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
|
1629 |
|
|
this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
|
1630 |
|
|
possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
|
1631 |
|
|
later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
|
1632 |
|
|
DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
|
1633 |
|
|
a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
|
1634 |
|
|
storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
|
1635 |
|
|
table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
|
1636 |
|
|
shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
|
1637 |
|
|
symbol local.
|
1638 |
|
|
|
1639 |
|
|
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
|
1640 |
|
|
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
|
1641 |
|
|
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
|
1642 |
|
|
symbol. */
|
1643 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
1644 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
1645 |
|
|
&& (r_type != R_386_PC32
|
1646 |
|
|
|| (h != NULL
|
1647 |
|
|
&& (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
|
1648 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
1649 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))))
|
1650 |
|
|
|| (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
1651 |
|
|
&& !info->shared
|
1652 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
1653 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
1654 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
1655 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)))
|
1656 |
|
|
{
|
1657 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
1658 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
|
1659 |
|
|
|
1660 |
|
|
/* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
|
1661 |
|
|
Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
|
1662 |
|
|
this reloc. */
|
1663 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
1664 |
|
|
{
|
1665 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
1666 |
|
|
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
1667 |
|
|
|
1668 |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
1669 |
|
|
(sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ FALSE);
|
1670 |
|
|
|
1671 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
1672 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1673 |
|
|
}
|
1674 |
|
|
|
1675 |
|
|
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
|
1676 |
|
|
relocations we need for this symbol. */
|
1677 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1678 |
|
|
{
|
1679 |
|
|
head = &((struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
|
1680 |
|
|
}
|
1681 |
|
|
else
|
1682 |
|
|
{
|
1683 |
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
|
1684 |
|
|
We really need local syms available to do this
|
1685 |
|
|
easily. Oh well. */
|
1686 |
|
|
void **vpp;
|
1687 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
1688 |
|
|
|
1689 |
|
|
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
|
1690 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
1691 |
|
|
if (isym == NULL)
|
1692 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1693 |
|
|
|
1694 |
|
|
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
1695 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
1696 |
|
|
s = sec;
|
1697 |
|
|
|
1698 |
|
|
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
|
1699 |
|
|
head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **)vpp;
|
1700 |
|
|
}
|
1701 |
|
|
|
1702 |
|
|
p = *head;
|
1703 |
|
|
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
|
1704 |
|
|
{
|
1705 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
|
1706 |
|
|
p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj,
|
1707 |
|
|
amt);
|
1708 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
1709 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1710 |
|
|
p->next = *head;
|
1711 |
|
|
*head = p;
|
1712 |
|
|
p->sec = sec;
|
1713 |
|
|
p->count = 0;
|
1714 |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0;
|
1715 |
|
|
}
|
1716 |
|
|
|
1717 |
|
|
p->count += 1;
|
1718 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_PC32)
|
1719 |
|
|
p->pc_count += 1;
|
1720 |
|
|
}
|
1721 |
|
|
break;
|
1722 |
|
|
|
1723 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
1724 |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
1725 |
|
|
case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
1726 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
1727 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1728 |
|
|
break;
|
1729 |
|
|
|
1730 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
1731 |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
1732 |
|
|
case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
1733 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
1734 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
1735 |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
1736 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1737 |
|
|
break;
|
1738 |
|
|
|
1739 |
|
|
default:
|
1740 |
|
|
break;
|
1741 |
|
|
}
|
1742 |
|
|
}
|
1743 |
|
|
|
1744 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1745 |
|
|
}
|
1746 |
|
|
|
1747 |
|
|
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
|
1748 |
|
|
relocation. */
|
1749 |
|
|
|
1750 |
|
|
static asection *
|
1751 |
|
|
elf_i386_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
1752 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
1753 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
1754 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
1755 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
1756 |
|
|
{
|
1757 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1758 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
1759 |
|
|
{
|
1760 |
|
|
case R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
1761 |
|
|
case R_386_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
1762 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1763 |
|
|
}
|
1764 |
|
|
|
1765 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
1766 |
|
|
}
|
1767 |
|
|
|
1768 |
|
|
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
|
1769 |
|
|
|
1770 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1771 |
|
|
elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
|
1772 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
1773 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
1774 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
1775 |
|
|
{
|
1776 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
1777 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
1778 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
1779 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
|
1780 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
1781 |
|
|
|
1782 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
1783 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1784 |
|
|
|
1785 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
1786 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
1787 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1788 |
|
|
|
1789 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
|
1790 |
|
|
|
1791 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
1792 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
1793 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
1794 |
|
|
|
1795 |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
1796 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
1797 |
|
|
{
|
1798 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
1799 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
1800 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
|
1801 |
|
|
|
1802 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
1803 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
1804 |
|
|
{
|
1805 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
1806 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
1807 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
1808 |
|
|
|
1809 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
1810 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
1811 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
1812 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
1813 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
1814 |
|
|
|
1815 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
|
1816 |
|
|
if (p->sec == sec)
|
1817 |
|
|
{
|
1818 |
|
|
/* Everything must go for SEC. */
|
1819 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
1820 |
|
|
break;
|
1821 |
|
|
}
|
1822 |
|
|
}
|
1823 |
|
|
|
1824 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
1825 |
|
|
if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, abfd, sec, NULL,
|
1826 |
|
|
symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
1827 |
|
|
&r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN,
|
1828 |
|
|
rel, relend, h, r_symndx))
|
1829 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1830 |
|
|
|
1831 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
1832 |
|
|
{
|
1833 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDM:
|
1834 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
1835 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
|
1836 |
|
|
break;
|
1837 |
|
|
|
1838 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD:
|
1839 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
1840 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
1841 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
1842 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
1843 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
1844 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
1845 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1846 |
|
|
{
|
1847 |
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
1848 |
|
|
h->got.refcount -= 1;
|
1849 |
|
|
}
|
1850 |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
|
1851 |
|
|
{
|
1852 |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
|
1853 |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
|
1854 |
|
|
}
|
1855 |
|
|
break;
|
1856 |
|
|
|
1857 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
1858 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
1859 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
1860 |
|
|
break;
|
1861 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
1862 |
|
|
|
1863 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
1864 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
1865 |
|
|
{
|
1866 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
|
1867 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
1868 |
|
|
}
|
1869 |
|
|
break;
|
1870 |
|
|
|
1871 |
|
|
default:
|
1872 |
|
|
break;
|
1873 |
|
|
}
|
1874 |
|
|
}
|
1875 |
|
|
|
1876 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1877 |
|
|
}
|
1878 |
|
|
|
1879 |
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
1880 |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
1881 |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
1882 |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
1883 |
|
|
understand. */
|
1884 |
|
|
|
1885 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1886 |
|
|
elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
1887 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
1888 |
|
|
{
|
1889 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
1890 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
1891 |
|
|
|
1892 |
|
|
/* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
|
1893 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
1894 |
|
|
{
|
1895 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
|
1896 |
|
|
{
|
1897 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
1898 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
1899 |
|
|
}
|
1900 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1901 |
|
|
}
|
1902 |
|
|
|
1903 |
|
|
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
|
1904 |
|
|
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
|
1905 |
|
|
when we know the address of the .got section. */
|
1906 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
1907 |
|
|
|| h->needs_plt)
|
1908 |
|
|
{
|
1909 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
|
1910 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
1911 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
1912 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
1913 |
|
|
{
|
1914 |
|
|
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
|
1915 |
|
|
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
|
1916 |
|
|
object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
|
1917 |
|
|
such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
|
1918 |
|
|
linkage table, and we can just do a PC32 reloc instead. */
|
1919 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
1920 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
1921 |
|
|
}
|
1922 |
|
|
|
1923 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1924 |
|
|
}
|
1925 |
|
|
else
|
1926 |
|
|
/* It's possible that we incorrectly decided a .plt reloc was
|
1927 |
|
|
needed for an R_386_PC32 reloc to a non-function sym in
|
1928 |
|
|
check_relocs. We can't decide accurately between function and
|
1929 |
|
|
non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in
|
1930 |
|
|
the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */
|
1931 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
1932 |
|
|
|
1933 |
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
1934 |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
1935 |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
1936 |
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
1937 |
|
|
{
|
1938 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
1939 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
1940 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
1941 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
1942 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS || info->nocopyreloc)
|
1943 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
|
1944 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1945 |
|
|
}
|
1946 |
|
|
|
1947 |
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
1948 |
|
|
is not a function. */
|
1949 |
|
|
|
1950 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
1951 |
|
|
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
1952 |
|
|
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
1953 |
|
|
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
1954 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
1955 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1956 |
|
|
|
1957 |
|
|
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
1958 |
|
|
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
1959 |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref)
|
1960 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1961 |
|
|
|
1962 |
|
|
/* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
|
1963 |
|
|
if (info->nocopyreloc)
|
1964 |
|
|
{
|
1965 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
1966 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1967 |
|
|
}
|
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
1970 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
1971 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1972 |
|
|
|
1973 |
|
|
/* If there aren't any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
|
1974 |
|
|
we can keep the dynamic relocs and avoid the copy reloc. This
|
1975 |
|
|
doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic relocations
|
1976 |
|
|
(other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an executable. */
|
1977 |
|
|
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !htab->is_vxworks)
|
1978 |
|
|
{
|
1979 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry * eh;
|
1980 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
1981 |
|
|
|
1982 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
1983 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
1984 |
|
|
{
|
1985 |
|
|
s = p->sec->output_section;
|
1986 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
1987 |
|
|
break;
|
1988 |
|
|
}
|
1989 |
|
|
|
1990 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
1991 |
|
|
{
|
1992 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0;
|
1993 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1994 |
|
|
}
|
1995 |
|
|
}
|
1996 |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
if (h->size == 0)
|
1998 |
|
|
{
|
1999 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
|
2000 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
2001 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2002 |
|
|
}
|
2003 |
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
2005 |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
2006 |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
2007 |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
2008 |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
2009 |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
2010 |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
2011 |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
2012 |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
2013 |
|
|
|
2014 |
|
|
/* We must generate a R_386_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
2015 |
|
|
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
|
2016 |
|
|
runtime process image. */
|
2017 |
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
2018 |
|
|
{
|
2019 |
|
|
htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2020 |
|
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
2021 |
|
|
}
|
2022 |
|
|
|
2023 |
|
|
s = htab->sdynbss;
|
2024 |
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
|
2026 |
|
|
}
|
2027 |
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
|
2029 |
|
|
dynamic relocs. */
|
2030 |
|
|
|
2031 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2032 |
|
|
elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
2033 |
|
|
{
|
2034 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
2035 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2036 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
2037 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2038 |
|
|
|
2039 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
2040 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2041 |
|
|
|
2042 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2043 |
|
|
/* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
|
2044 |
|
|
entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
|
2045 |
|
|
symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
|
2046 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2047 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
2048 |
|
|
|
2049 |
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
2050 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
2051 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
2052 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2053 |
|
|
|
2054 |
|
|
/* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle it
|
2055 |
|
|
here if it is defined and referenced in a non-shared object. */
|
2056 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
2057 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular)
|
2058 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_allocate_ifunc_dyn_relocs (info, h,
|
2059 |
|
|
&eh->dyn_relocs,
|
2060 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, 4);
|
2061 |
|
|
else if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
2062 |
|
|
&& h->plt.refcount > 0)
|
2063 |
|
|
{
|
2064 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2065 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2066 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2067 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2068 |
|
|
{
|
2069 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2070 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2071 |
|
|
}
|
2072 |
|
|
|
2073 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
2074 |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
|
2075 |
|
|
{
|
2076 |
|
|
asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
|
2077 |
|
|
|
2078 |
|
|
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
|
2079 |
|
|
first entry. */
|
2080 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
2081 |
|
|
s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
2082 |
|
|
|
2083 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = s->size;
|
2084 |
|
|
|
2085 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
|
2086 |
|
|
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
|
2087 |
|
|
location in the .plt. This is required to make function
|
2088 |
|
|
pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
|
2089 |
|
|
the shared library. */
|
2090 |
|
|
if (! info->shared
|
2091 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
2092 |
|
|
{
|
2093 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
2094 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
|
2095 |
|
|
}
|
2096 |
|
|
|
2097 |
|
|
/* Make room for this entry. */
|
2098 |
|
|
s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
2099 |
|
|
|
2100 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
|
2101 |
|
|
will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
|
2102 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
|
2103 |
|
|
|
2104 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
|
2105 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2106 |
|
|
htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
|
2107 |
|
|
|
2108 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
2109 |
|
|
{
|
2110 |
|
|
/* VxWorks has a second set of relocations for each PLT entry
|
2111 |
|
|
in executables. They go in a separate relocation section,
|
2112 |
|
|
which is processed by the kernel loader. */
|
2113 |
|
|
|
2114 |
|
|
/* There are two relocations for the initial PLT entry: an
|
2115 |
|
|
R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4 and an
|
2116 |
|
|
R_386_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
|
2117 |
|
|
|
2118 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == PLT_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
2119 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
|
2120 |
|
|
|
2121 |
|
|
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent PLT entry:
|
2122 |
|
|
an R_386_32 relocation for the GOT entry, and an R_386_32
|
2123 |
|
|
relocation for the PLT entry. */
|
2124 |
|
|
|
2125 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel) * 2);
|
2126 |
|
|
}
|
2127 |
|
|
}
|
2128 |
|
|
else
|
2129 |
|
|
{
|
2130 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2131 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
2132 |
|
|
}
|
2133 |
|
|
}
|
2134 |
|
|
else
|
2135 |
|
|
{
|
2136 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2137 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
2138 |
|
|
}
|
2139 |
|
|
|
2140 |
|
|
eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2141 |
|
|
|
2142 |
|
|
/* If R_386_TLS_{IE_32,IE,GOTIE} symbol is now local to the binary,
|
2143 |
|
|
make it a R_386_TLS_LE_32 requiring no TLS entry. */
|
2144 |
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0
|
2145 |
|
|
&& info->executable
|
2146 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx == -1
|
2147 |
|
|
&& (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
2148 |
|
|
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2149 |
|
|
else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
|
2150 |
|
|
{
|
2151 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2152 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
2153 |
|
|
int tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
|
2154 |
|
|
|
2155 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2156 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2157 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2158 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2159 |
|
|
{
|
2160 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2161 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2162 |
|
|
}
|
2163 |
|
|
|
2164 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.sgot;
|
2165 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
|
2166 |
|
|
{
|
2167 |
|
|
eh->tlsdesc_got = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
|
2168 |
|
|
- elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
|
2169 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
|
2170 |
|
|
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
|
2171 |
|
|
}
|
2172 |
|
|
if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
|
2173 |
|
|
|| GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
|
2174 |
|
|
{
|
2175 |
|
|
h->got.offset = s->size;
|
2176 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2177 |
|
|
/* R_386_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
|
2178 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
2179 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2180 |
|
|
}
|
2181 |
|
|
dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
|
2182 |
|
|
/* R_386_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation,
|
2183 |
|
|
R_386_TLS_IE resp. R_386_TLS_GOTIE needs one dynamic relocation,
|
2184 |
|
|
(but if both R_386_TLS_IE_32 and R_386_TLS_IE is present, we
|
2185 |
|
|
need two), R_386_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if
|
2186 |
|
|
global. */
|
2187 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
2188 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2189 |
|
|
else if ((GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type) && h->dynindx == -1)
|
2190 |
|
|
|| (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
2191 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2192 |
|
|
else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
|
2193 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2194 |
|
|
else if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type)
|
2195 |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
2196 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
2197 |
|
|
&& (info->shared
|
2198 |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
|
2199 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2200 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
|
2201 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2202 |
|
|
}
|
2203 |
|
|
else
|
2204 |
|
|
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2205 |
|
|
|
2206 |
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
|
2207 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2208 |
|
|
|
2209 |
|
|
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
|
2210 |
|
|
dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
|
2211 |
|
|
defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
|
2212 |
|
|
space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
|
2213 |
|
|
visibility changes. */
|
2214 |
|
|
|
2215 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
2216 |
|
|
{
|
2217 |
|
|
/* The only reloc that uses pc_count is R_386_PC32, which will
|
2218 |
|
|
appear on a call or on something like ".long foo - .". We
|
2219 |
|
|
want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the
|
2220 |
|
|
function rather than going via the plt. If people want
|
2221 |
|
|
function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they
|
2222 |
|
|
should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */
|
2223 |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
2224 |
|
|
{
|
2225 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
2226 |
|
|
|
2227 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
2228 |
|
|
{
|
2229 |
|
|
p->count -= p->pc_count;
|
2230 |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0;
|
2231 |
|
|
if (p->count == 0)
|
2232 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
2233 |
|
|
else
|
2234 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
2235 |
|
|
}
|
2236 |
|
|
}
|
2237 |
|
|
|
2238 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
2239 |
|
|
{
|
2240 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
2241 |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
2242 |
|
|
{
|
2243 |
|
|
if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
|
2244 |
|
|
*pp = p->next;
|
2245 |
|
|
else
|
2246 |
|
|
pp = &p->next;
|
2247 |
|
|
}
|
2248 |
|
|
}
|
2249 |
|
|
|
2250 |
|
|
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
|
2251 |
|
|
visibility. */
|
2252 |
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
|
2253 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
2254 |
|
|
{
|
2255 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
2256 |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
2257 |
|
|
|
2258 |
|
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
|
2259 |
|
|
symbol in PIEs. */
|
2260 |
|
|
else if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2261 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2262 |
|
|
{
|
2263 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2264 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2265 |
|
|
}
|
2266 |
|
|
}
|
2267 |
|
|
}
|
2268 |
|
|
else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
|
2269 |
|
|
{
|
2270 |
|
|
/* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
|
2271 |
|
|
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
|
2272 |
|
|
dynamic. */
|
2273 |
|
|
|
2274 |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref
|
2275 |
|
|
&& ((h->def_dynamic
|
2276 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
2277 |
|
|
|| (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
2278 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
2279 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
|
2280 |
|
|
{
|
2281 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
|
2282 |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
|
2283 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2284 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2285 |
|
|
{
|
2286 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2287 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2288 |
|
|
}
|
2289 |
|
|
|
2290 |
|
|
/* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
|
2291 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
2292 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx != -1)
|
2293 |
|
|
goto keep;
|
2294 |
|
|
}
|
2295 |
|
|
|
2296 |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
2297 |
|
|
|
2298 |
|
|
keep: ;
|
2299 |
|
|
}
|
2300 |
|
|
|
2301 |
|
|
/* Finally, allocate space. */
|
2302 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2303 |
|
|
{
|
2304 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
2305 |
|
|
|
2306 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
2307 |
|
|
|
2308 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
|
2309 |
|
|
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2310 |
|
|
}
|
2311 |
|
|
|
2312 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2313 |
|
|
}
|
2314 |
|
|
|
2315 |
|
|
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
|
2316 |
|
|
local dynamic relocs. */
|
2317 |
|
|
|
2318 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2319 |
|
|
elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
|
2320 |
|
|
{
|
2321 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
|
2322 |
|
|
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
|
2323 |
|
|
|
2324 |
|
|
if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
2325 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular
|
2326 |
|
|
|| !h->ref_regular
|
2327 |
|
|
|| !h->forced_local
|
2328 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
|
2329 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2330 |
|
|
|
2331 |
|
|
return elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
|
2332 |
|
|
}
|
2333 |
|
|
|
2334 |
|
|
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
|
2335 |
|
|
|
2336 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2337 |
|
|
elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
2338 |
|
|
{
|
2339 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
2340 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2341 |
|
|
|
2342 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2343 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2344 |
|
|
|
2345 |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
2346 |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2347 |
|
|
{
|
2348 |
|
|
asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
|
2349 |
|
|
|
2350 |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
2351 |
|
|
{
|
2352 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
2353 |
|
|
|
2354 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
2355 |
|
|
|
2356 |
|
|
/* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
|
2357 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2358 |
|
|
}
|
2359 |
|
|
}
|
2360 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2361 |
|
|
}
|
2362 |
|
|
|
2363 |
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
2364 |
|
|
|
2365 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2366 |
|
|
elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2367 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2368 |
|
|
{
|
2369 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2370 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
2371 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2372 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocs;
|
2373 |
|
|
bfd *ibfd;
|
2374 |
|
|
|
2375 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
2376 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
2377 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2378 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
|
2379 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
2380 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2381 |
|
|
|
2382 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
2383 |
|
|
{
|
2384 |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
2385 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
2386 |
|
|
{
|
2387 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
|
2388 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
2389 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2390 |
|
|
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
2391 |
|
|
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
2392 |
|
|
}
|
2393 |
|
|
}
|
2394 |
|
|
|
2395 |
|
|
/* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
|
2396 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
2397 |
|
|
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
|
2398 |
|
|
{
|
2399 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
2400 |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
|
2401 |
|
|
char *local_tls_type;
|
2402 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
|
2403 |
|
|
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
2404 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
2405 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
2406 |
|
|
|
2407 |
|
|
if (! is_i386_elf (ibfd))
|
2408 |
|
|
continue;
|
2409 |
|
|
|
2410 |
|
|
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
2411 |
|
|
{
|
2412 |
|
|
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
2413 |
|
|
|
2414 |
|
|
for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
|
2415 |
|
|
elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
|
2416 |
|
|
p != NULL;
|
2417 |
|
|
p = p->next)
|
2418 |
|
|
{
|
2419 |
|
|
if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
|
2420 |
|
|
&& bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
|
2421 |
|
|
{
|
2422 |
|
|
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
|
2423 |
|
|
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
|
2424 |
|
|
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
|
2425 |
|
|
the relocs too. */
|
2426 |
|
|
}
|
2427 |
|
|
else if (htab->is_vxworks
|
2428 |
|
|
&& strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
|
2429 |
|
|
".tls_vars") == 0)
|
2430 |
|
|
{
|
2431 |
|
|
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
|
2432 |
|
|
handled specially by the loader. */
|
2433 |
|
|
}
|
2434 |
|
|
else if (p->count != 0)
|
2435 |
|
|
{
|
2436 |
|
|
srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
2437 |
|
|
srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2438 |
|
|
if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
2439 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
2440 |
|
|
}
|
2441 |
|
|
}
|
2442 |
|
|
}
|
2443 |
|
|
|
2444 |
|
|
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
2445 |
|
|
if (!local_got)
|
2446 |
|
|
continue;
|
2447 |
|
|
|
2448 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
2449 |
|
|
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
2450 |
|
|
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
2451 |
|
|
local_tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
|
2452 |
|
|
local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
|
2453 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.sgot;
|
2454 |
|
|
srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
2455 |
|
|
for (; local_got < end_local_got;
|
2456 |
|
|
++local_got, ++local_tls_type, ++local_tlsdesc_gotent)
|
2457 |
|
|
{
|
2458 |
|
|
*local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2459 |
|
|
if (*local_got > 0)
|
2460 |
|
|
{
|
2461 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
|
2462 |
|
|
{
|
2463 |
|
|
*local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->elf.sgotplt->size
|
2464 |
|
|
- elf_i386_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
|
2465 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 8;
|
2466 |
|
|
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
|
2467 |
|
|
}
|
2468 |
|
|
if (! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type)
|
2469 |
|
|
|| GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type))
|
2470 |
|
|
{
|
2471 |
|
|
*local_got = s->size;
|
2472 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2473 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
|
2474 |
|
|
|| *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
2475 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
2476 |
|
|
}
|
2477 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
2478 |
|
|
|| GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (*local_tls_type)
|
2479 |
|
|
|| (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
|
2480 |
|
|
{
|
2481 |
|
|
if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
2482 |
|
|
srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2483 |
|
|
else if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (*local_tls_type)
|
2484 |
|
|
|| ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
|
2485 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2486 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (*local_tls_type))
|
2487 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2488 |
|
|
}
|
2489 |
|
|
}
|
2490 |
|
|
else
|
2491 |
|
|
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
2492 |
|
|
}
|
2493 |
|
|
}
|
2494 |
|
|
|
2495 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
|
2496 |
|
|
{
|
2497 |
|
|
/* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_386_TLS_LDM
|
2498 |
|
|
relocs. */
|
2499 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
|
2500 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->size += 8;
|
2501 |
|
|
htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
2502 |
|
|
}
|
2503 |
|
|
else
|
2504 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
|
2505 |
|
|
|
2506 |
|
|
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
|
2507 |
|
|
sym dynamic relocs. */
|
2508 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, elf_i386_allocate_dynrelocs, info);
|
2509 |
|
|
|
2510 |
|
|
/* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols. */
|
2511 |
|
|
htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
|
2512 |
|
|
elf_i386_allocate_local_dynrelocs,
|
2513 |
|
|
info);
|
2514 |
|
|
|
2515 |
|
|
/* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
|
2516 |
|
|
incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
|
2517 |
|
|
it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
|
2518 |
|
|
for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
|
2519 |
|
|
slot size. */
|
2520 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.srelplt)
|
2521 |
|
|
htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = htab->next_tls_desc_index * 4;
|
2522 |
|
|
|
2523 |
|
|
/* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
|
2524 |
|
|
Allocate memory for them. */
|
2525 |
|
|
relocs = FALSE;
|
2526 |
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
2527 |
|
|
{
|
2528 |
|
|
bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
|
2529 |
|
|
|
2530 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
2531 |
|
|
continue;
|
2532 |
|
|
|
2533 |
|
|
if (s == htab->elf.splt
|
2534 |
|
|
|| s == htab->elf.sgot
|
2535 |
|
|
|| s == htab->elf.sgotplt
|
2536 |
|
|
|| s == htab->elf.iplt
|
2537 |
|
|
|| s == htab->elf.igotplt
|
2538 |
|
|
|| s == htab->sdynbss)
|
2539 |
|
|
{
|
2540 |
|
|
/* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
|
2541 |
|
|
comment below. */
|
2542 |
|
|
/* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
|
2543 |
|
|
we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
|
2544 |
|
|
It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
|
2545 |
|
|
|
2546 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
|
2547 |
|
|
strip_section = FALSE;
|
2548 |
|
|
}
|
2549 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rel"))
|
2550 |
|
|
{
|
2551 |
|
|
if (s->size != 0
|
2552 |
|
|
&& s != htab->elf.srelplt
|
2553 |
|
|
&& s != htab->srelplt2)
|
2554 |
|
|
relocs = TRUE;
|
2555 |
|
|
|
2556 |
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
2557 |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
2558 |
|
|
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
2559 |
|
|
}
|
2560 |
|
|
else
|
2561 |
|
|
{
|
2562 |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
2563 |
|
|
continue;
|
2564 |
|
|
}
|
2565 |
|
|
|
2566 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
2567 |
|
|
{
|
2568 |
|
|
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
2569 |
|
|
output file. This is mostly to handle .rel.bss and
|
2570 |
|
|
.rel.plt. We must create both sections in
|
2571 |
|
|
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
2572 |
|
|
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
2573 |
|
|
sections. The linker does that before
|
2574 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
2575 |
|
|
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
2576 |
|
|
into these sections. */
|
2577 |
|
|
if (strip_section)
|
2578 |
|
|
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
2579 |
|
|
continue;
|
2580 |
|
|
}
|
2581 |
|
|
|
2582 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
2583 |
|
|
continue;
|
2584 |
|
|
|
2585 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
|
2586 |
|
|
here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
|
2587 |
|
|
section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
|
2588 |
|
|
but this way if it does, we get a R_386_NONE reloc instead
|
2589 |
|
|
of garbage. */
|
2590 |
|
|
s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
2591 |
|
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
2592 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2593 |
|
|
}
|
2594 |
|
|
|
2595 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
2596 |
|
|
{
|
2597 |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
2598 |
|
|
values later, in elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
2599 |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
2600 |
|
|
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
|
2601 |
|
|
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
|
2602 |
|
|
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
|
2603 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
|
2604 |
|
|
|
2605 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
2606 |
|
|
{
|
2607 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
|
2608 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2609 |
|
|
}
|
2610 |
|
|
|
2611 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
|
2612 |
|
|
{
|
2613 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
|
2614 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
|
2615 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_REL)
|
2616 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
2617 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2618 |
|
|
}
|
2619 |
|
|
|
2620 |
|
|
if (relocs)
|
2621 |
|
|
{
|
2622 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_REL, 0)
|
2623 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELSZ, 0)
|
2624 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)))
|
2625 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2626 |
|
|
|
2627 |
|
|
/* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
|
2628 |
|
|
then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
|
2629 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
|
2630 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf,
|
2631 |
|
|
elf_i386_readonly_dynrelocs, info);
|
2632 |
|
|
|
2633 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
|
2634 |
|
|
{
|
2635 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
|
2636 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2637 |
|
|
}
|
2638 |
|
|
}
|
2639 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
2640 |
|
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
|
2641 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2642 |
|
|
}
|
2643 |
|
|
#undef add_dynamic_entry
|
2644 |
|
|
|
2645 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2646 |
|
|
}
|
2647 |
|
|
|
2648 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2649 |
|
|
elf_i386_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
2650 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2651 |
|
|
{
|
2652 |
|
|
asection *tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
|
2653 |
|
|
|
2654 |
|
|
if (tls_sec)
|
2655 |
|
|
{
|
2656 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
|
2657 |
|
|
|
2658 |
|
|
tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info),
|
2659 |
|
|
"_TLS_MODULE_BASE_",
|
2660 |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
2661 |
|
|
|
2662 |
|
|
if (tlsbase && tlsbase->type == STT_TLS)
|
2663 |
|
|
{
|
2664 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2665 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
|
2666 |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed
|
2667 |
|
|
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
|
2668 |
|
|
|
2669 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
2670 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
2671 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2672 |
|
|
|
2673 |
|
|
if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
|
2674 |
|
|
(info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
|
2675 |
|
|
tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
|
2676 |
|
|
bed->collect, &bh)))
|
2677 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2678 |
|
|
|
2679 |
|
|
htab->tls_module_base = bh;
|
2680 |
|
|
|
2681 |
|
|
tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
|
2682 |
|
|
tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
|
2683 |
|
|
tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
|
2684 |
|
|
(*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
|
2685 |
|
|
}
|
2686 |
|
|
}
|
2687 |
|
|
|
2688 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2689 |
|
|
}
|
2690 |
|
|
|
2691 |
|
|
/* Set the correct type for an x86 ELF section. We do this by the
|
2692 |
|
|
section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. */
|
2693 |
|
|
|
2694 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2695 |
|
|
elf_i386_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
2696 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
|
2697 |
|
|
asection *sec)
|
2698 |
|
|
{
|
2699 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
2700 |
|
|
|
2701 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
|
2702 |
|
|
|
2703 |
|
|
/* This is an ugly, but unfortunately necessary hack that is
|
2704 |
|
|
needed when producing EFI binaries on x86. It tells
|
2705 |
|
|
elf.c:elf_fake_sections() not to consider ".reloc" as a section
|
2706 |
|
|
containing ELF relocation info. We need this hack in order to
|
2707 |
|
|
be able to generate ELF binaries that can be translated into
|
2708 |
|
|
EFI applications (which are essentially COFF objects). Those
|
2709 |
|
|
files contain a COFF ".reloc" section inside an ELFNN object,
|
2710 |
|
|
which would normally cause BFD to segfault because it would
|
2711 |
|
|
attempt to interpret this section as containing relocation
|
2712 |
|
|
entries for section "oc". With this hack enabled, ".reloc"
|
2713 |
|
|
will be treated as a normal data section, which will avoid the
|
2714 |
|
|
segfault. However, you won't be able to create an ELFNN binary
|
2715 |
|
|
with a section named "oc" that needs relocations, but that's
|
2716 |
|
|
the kind of ugly side-effects you get when detecting section
|
2717 |
|
|
types based on their names... In practice, this limitation is
|
2718 |
|
|
unlikely to bite. */
|
2719 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".reloc") == 0)
|
2720 |
|
|
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
2721 |
|
|
|
2722 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2723 |
|
|
}
|
2724 |
|
|
|
2725 |
|
|
/* _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ needs to be treated especially when linking
|
2726 |
|
|
executables. Rather than setting it to the beginning of the TLS
|
2727 |
|
|
section, we have to set it to the end. This function may be called
|
2728 |
|
|
multiple times, it is idempotent. */
|
2729 |
|
|
|
2730 |
|
|
static void
|
2731 |
|
|
elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2732 |
|
|
{
|
2733 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2734 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *base;
|
2735 |
|
|
|
2736 |
|
|
if (!info->executable)
|
2737 |
|
|
return;
|
2738 |
|
|
|
2739 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
2740 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
2741 |
|
|
return;
|
2742 |
|
|
|
2743 |
|
|
base = htab->tls_module_base;
|
2744 |
|
|
if (base == NULL)
|
2745 |
|
|
return;
|
2746 |
|
|
|
2747 |
|
|
base->u.def.value = htab->elf.tls_size;
|
2748 |
|
|
}
|
2749 |
|
|
|
2750 |
|
|
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
|
2751 |
|
|
when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
|
2752 |
|
|
This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
|
2753 |
|
|
|
2754 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
2755 |
|
|
elf_i386_dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2756 |
|
|
{
|
2757 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
2758 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
2759 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2760 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
|
2761 |
|
|
}
|
2762 |
|
|
|
2763 |
|
|
/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
|
2764 |
|
|
if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */
|
2765 |
|
|
|
2766 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
2767 |
|
|
elf_i386_tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
|
2768 |
|
|
{
|
2769 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
|
2770 |
|
|
|
2771 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
2772 |
|
|
if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
|
2773 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2774 |
|
|
return htab->tls_size + htab->tls_sec->vma - address;
|
2775 |
|
|
}
|
2776 |
|
|
|
2777 |
|
|
/* Relocate an i386 ELF section. */
|
2778 |
|
|
|
2779 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2780 |
|
|
elf_i386_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
|
2781 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
2782 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd,
|
2783 |
|
|
asection *input_section,
|
2784 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents,
|
2785 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
2786 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
2787 |
|
|
asection **local_sections)
|
2788 |
|
|
{
|
2789 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
2790 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
2791 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
2792 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
2793 |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotents;
|
2794 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
2795 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
|
2796 |
|
|
bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
|
2797 |
|
|
|
2798 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_i386_elf (input_bfd));
|
2799 |
|
|
|
2800 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
2801 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
2802 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2803 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
2804 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
2805 |
|
|
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
|
2806 |
|
|
local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf_i386_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
|
2807 |
|
|
/* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
|
2808 |
|
|
specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
|
2809 |
|
|
is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
|
2810 |
|
|
&& !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
|
2811 |
|
|
".tls_vars"));
|
2812 |
|
|
|
2813 |
|
|
elf_i386_set_tls_module_base (info);
|
2814 |
|
|
|
2815 |
|
|
rel = relocs;
|
2816 |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
2817 |
|
|
for (; rel < relend; rel++)
|
2818 |
|
|
{
|
2819 |
|
|
unsigned int r_type;
|
2820 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
2821 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
2822 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
2823 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
2824 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
2825 |
|
|
bfd_vma off, offplt;
|
2826 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
2827 |
|
|
bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
|
2828 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
2829 |
|
|
unsigned int indx;
|
2830 |
|
|
int tls_type;
|
2831 |
|
|
|
2832 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
2833 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_GNU_VTINHERIT
|
2834 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_386_GNU_VTENTRY)
|
2835 |
|
|
continue;
|
2836 |
|
|
|
2837 |
|
|
if ((indx = r_type) >= R_386_standard
|
2838 |
|
|
&& ((indx = r_type - R_386_ext_offset) - R_386_standard
|
2839 |
|
|
>= R_386_ext - R_386_standard)
|
2840 |
|
|
&& ((indx = r_type - R_386_tls_offset) - R_386_ext
|
2841 |
|
|
>= R_386_irelative - R_386_ext))
|
2842 |
|
|
{
|
2843 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
2844 |
|
|
(_("%B: unrecognized relocation (0x%x) in section `%A'"),
|
2845 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, r_type);
|
2846 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
2847 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2848 |
|
|
}
|
2849 |
|
|
howto = elf_howto_table + indx;
|
2850 |
|
|
|
2851 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
2852 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
2853 |
|
|
sym = NULL;
|
2854 |
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
2855 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
2856 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
2857 |
|
|
{
|
2858 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
2859 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
2860 |
|
|
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
2861 |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset
|
2862 |
|
|
+ sym->st_value);
|
2863 |
|
|
|
2864 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
|
2865 |
|
|
&& ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
|
2866 |
|
|
|| (info->relocatable
|
2867 |
|
|
&& sec->output_offset != 0)))
|
2868 |
|
|
{
|
2869 |
|
|
bfd_vma addend;
|
2870 |
|
|
bfd_byte *where = contents + rel->r_offset;
|
2871 |
|
|
|
2872 |
|
|
switch (howto->size)
|
2873 |
|
|
{
|
2874 |
|
|
case 0:
|
2875 |
|
|
addend = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, where);
|
2876 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2877 |
|
|
{
|
2878 |
|
|
addend = (addend ^ 0x80) - 0x80;
|
2879 |
|
|
addend += 1;
|
2880 |
|
|
}
|
2881 |
|
|
break;
|
2882 |
|
|
case 1:
|
2883 |
|
|
addend = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, where);
|
2884 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2885 |
|
|
{
|
2886 |
|
|
addend = (addend ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
|
2887 |
|
|
addend += 2;
|
2888 |
|
|
}
|
2889 |
|
|
break;
|
2890 |
|
|
case 2:
|
2891 |
|
|
addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, where);
|
2892 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2893 |
|
|
{
|
2894 |
|
|
addend = (addend ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
|
2895 |
|
|
addend += 4;
|
2896 |
|
|
}
|
2897 |
|
|
break;
|
2898 |
|
|
default:
|
2899 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2900 |
|
|
}
|
2901 |
|
|
|
2902 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
2903 |
|
|
addend += sec->output_offset;
|
2904 |
|
|
else
|
2905 |
|
|
{
|
2906 |
|
|
asection *msec = sec;
|
2907 |
|
|
addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec,
|
2908 |
|
|
addend);
|
2909 |
|
|
addend -= relocation;
|
2910 |
|
|
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
|
2911 |
|
|
}
|
2912 |
|
|
|
2913 |
|
|
switch (howto->size)
|
2914 |
|
|
{
|
2915 |
|
|
case 0:
|
2916 |
|
|
/* FIXME: overflow checks. */
|
2917 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2918 |
|
|
addend -= 1;
|
2919 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, addend, where);
|
2920 |
|
|
break;
|
2921 |
|
|
case 1:
|
2922 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2923 |
|
|
addend -= 2;
|
2924 |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, addend, where);
|
2925 |
|
|
break;
|
2926 |
|
|
case 2:
|
2927 |
|
|
if (howto->pc_relative)
|
2928 |
|
|
addend -= 4;
|
2929 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, where);
|
2930 |
|
|
break;
|
2931 |
|
|
}
|
2932 |
|
|
}
|
2933 |
|
|
else if (!info->relocatable
|
2934 |
|
|
&& ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
2935 |
|
|
{
|
2936 |
|
|
/* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
|
2937 |
|
|
h = elf_i386_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
|
2938 |
|
|
rel, FALSE);
|
2939 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
2940 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2941 |
|
|
|
2942 |
|
|
/* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value. */
|
2943 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
|
2944 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = sec;
|
2945 |
|
|
}
|
2946 |
|
|
}
|
2947 |
|
|
else
|
2948 |
|
|
{
|
2949 |
|
|
bfd_boolean warned;
|
2950 |
|
|
|
2951 |
|
|
RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
|
2952 |
|
|
r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
2953 |
|
|
h, sec, relocation,
|
2954 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc, warned);
|
2955 |
|
|
}
|
2956 |
|
|
|
2957 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
|
2958 |
|
|
{
|
2959 |
|
|
/* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
|
2960 |
|
|
or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
|
2961 |
|
|
section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
|
2962 |
|
|
_bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
2963 |
|
|
rel->r_info = 0;
|
2964 |
|
|
rel->r_addend = 0;
|
2965 |
|
|
continue;
|
2966 |
|
|
}
|
2967 |
|
|
|
2968 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
2969 |
|
|
continue;
|
2970 |
|
|
|
2971 |
|
|
/* Since STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT, we handle
|
2972 |
|
|
it here if it is defined in a non-shared object. */
|
2973 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
2974 |
|
|
&& h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
2975 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular)
|
2976 |
|
|
{
|
2977 |
|
|
asection *plt, *gotplt, *base_got;
|
2978 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index;
|
2979 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
2980 |
|
|
|
2981 |
|
|
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
|
2982 |
|
|
|| h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
2983 |
|
|
abort ();
|
2984 |
|
|
|
2985 |
|
|
/* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
|
2986 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
|
2987 |
|
|
{
|
2988 |
|
|
plt = htab->elf.splt;
|
2989 |
|
|
gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
|
2990 |
|
|
}
|
2991 |
|
|
else
|
2992 |
|
|
{
|
2993 |
|
|
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
2994 |
|
|
gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
|
2995 |
|
|
}
|
2996 |
|
|
|
2997 |
|
|
relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
|
2998 |
|
|
+ plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
|
2999 |
|
|
|
3000 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
3001 |
|
|
{
|
3002 |
|
|
default:
|
3003 |
|
|
if (h->root.root.string)
|
3004 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
3005 |
|
|
else
|
3006 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
|
3007 |
|
|
NULL);
|
3008 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3009 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
|
3010 |
|
|
"symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
|
3011 |
|
|
elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
|
3012 |
|
|
name, __FUNCTION__);
|
3013 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3014 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3015 |
|
|
|
3016 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
3017 |
|
|
/* Generate dynamic relcoation only when there is a
|
3018 |
|
|
non-GOF reference in a shared object. */
|
3019 |
|
|
if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref)
|
3020 |
|
|
{
|
3021 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3022 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3023 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3024 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
3025 |
|
|
|
3026 |
|
|
/* Need a dynamic relocation to get the real function
|
3027 |
|
|
adddress. */
|
3028 |
|
|
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd,
|
3029 |
|
|
info,
|
3030 |
|
|
input_section,
|
3031 |
|
|
rel->r_offset);
|
3032 |
|
|
if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
3033 |
|
|
|| offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
3034 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3035 |
|
|
|
3036 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
3037 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset
|
3038 |
|
|
+ offset);
|
3039 |
|
|
|
3040 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
3041 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local
|
3042 |
|
|
|| info->executable)
|
3043 |
|
|
{
|
3044 |
|
|
/* This symbol is resolved locally. */
|
3045 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
|
3046 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3047 |
|
|
(h->root.u.def.value
|
3048 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
3049 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
|
3050 |
|
|
contents + offset);
|
3051 |
|
|
}
|
3052 |
|
|
else
|
3053 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
|
3054 |
|
|
|
3055 |
|
|
sreloc = htab->elf.irelifunc;
|
3056 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3057 |
|
|
loc += (sreloc->reloc_count++
|
3058 |
|
|
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
|
3059 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3060 |
|
|
|
3061 |
|
|
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we
|
3062 |
|
|
do not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise,
|
3063 |
|
|
we need to include the symbol value so that it
|
3064 |
|
|
becomes an addend for the dynamic reloc. For an
|
3065 |
|
|
internal symbol, we have updated addend. */
|
3066 |
|
|
continue;
|
3067 |
|
|
}
|
3068 |
|
|
|
3069 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
3070 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
3071 |
|
|
goto do_relocation;
|
3072 |
|
|
|
3073 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
3074 |
|
|
base_got = htab->elf.sgot;
|
3075 |
|
|
off = h->got.offset;
|
3076 |
|
|
|
3077 |
|
|
if (base_got == NULL)
|
3078 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3079 |
|
|
|
3080 |
|
|
if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3081 |
|
|
{
|
3082 |
|
|
/* We can't use h->got.offset here to save state, or
|
3083 |
|
|
even just remember the offset, as finish_dynamic_symbol
|
3084 |
|
|
would use that as offset into .got. */
|
3085 |
|
|
|
3086 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
|
3087 |
|
|
{
|
3088 |
|
|
plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
|
3089 |
|
|
off = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
|
3090 |
|
|
base_got = htab->elf.sgotplt;
|
3091 |
|
|
}
|
3092 |
|
|
else
|
3093 |
|
|
{
|
3094 |
|
|
plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
3095 |
|
|
off = plt_index * 4;
|
3096 |
|
|
base_got = htab->elf.igotplt;
|
3097 |
|
|
}
|
3098 |
|
|
|
3099 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
3100 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local
|
3101 |
|
|
|| info->symbolic)
|
3102 |
|
|
{
|
3103 |
|
|
/* This references the local defitionion. We must
|
3104 |
|
|
initialize this entry in the global offset table.
|
3105 |
|
|
Since the offset must always be a multiple of 8,
|
3106 |
|
|
we use the least significant bit to record
|
3107 |
|
|
whether we have initialized it already.
|
3108 |
|
|
|
3109 |
|
|
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
|
3110 |
|
|
relocation entry to initialize the value. This
|
3111 |
|
|
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
|
3112 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3113 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3114 |
|
|
else
|
3115 |
|
|
{
|
3116 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
3117 |
|
|
base_got->contents + off);
|
3118 |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
3119 |
|
|
}
|
3120 |
|
|
}
|
3121 |
|
|
|
3122 |
|
|
relocation = off;
|
3123 |
|
|
|
3124 |
|
|
/* Adjust for static executables. */
|
3125 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
|
3126 |
|
|
relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
|
3127 |
|
|
}
|
3128 |
|
|
else
|
3129 |
|
|
{
|
3130 |
|
|
relocation = (base_got->output_section->vma
|
3131 |
|
|
+ base_got->output_offset + off
|
3132 |
|
|
- gotplt->output_section->vma
|
3133 |
|
|
- gotplt->output_offset);
|
3134 |
|
|
/* Adjust for static executables. */
|
3135 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt == NULL)
|
3136 |
|
|
relocation += gotplt->output_offset;
|
3137 |
|
|
}
|
3138 |
|
|
|
3139 |
|
|
goto do_relocation;
|
3140 |
|
|
|
3141 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTOFF:
|
3142 |
|
|
relocation -= (gotplt->output_section->vma
|
3143 |
|
|
+ gotplt->output_offset);
|
3144 |
|
|
goto do_relocation;
|
3145 |
|
|
}
|
3146 |
|
|
}
|
3147 |
|
|
|
3148 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
3149 |
|
|
{
|
3150 |
|
|
case R_386_GOT32:
|
3151 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
3152 |
|
|
offset table. */
|
3153 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
3154 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3155 |
|
|
|
3156 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
3157 |
|
|
{
|
3158 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
3159 |
|
|
|
3160 |
|
|
off = h->got.offset;
|
3161 |
|
|
dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
|
3162 |
|
|
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
|
3163 |
|
|
|| (info->shared
|
3164 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
3165 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
|
3166 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
3167 |
|
|
{
|
3168 |
|
|
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
|
3169 |
|
|
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
3170 |
|
|
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
|
3171 |
|
|
because of a version file. We must initialize
|
3172 |
|
|
this entry in the global offset table. Since the
|
3173 |
|
|
offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
|
3174 |
|
|
least significant bit to record whether we have
|
3175 |
|
|
initialized it already.
|
3176 |
|
|
|
3177 |
|
|
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel.got
|
3178 |
|
|
relocation entry to initialize the value. This
|
3179 |
|
|
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
|
3180 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3181 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3182 |
|
|
else
|
3183 |
|
|
{
|
3184 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
3185 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3186 |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
3187 |
|
|
}
|
3188 |
|
|
}
|
3189 |
|
|
else
|
3190 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3191 |
|
|
}
|
3192 |
|
|
else
|
3193 |
|
|
{
|
3194 |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
3195 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3196 |
|
|
|
3197 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
3198 |
|
|
|
3199 |
|
|
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
|
3200 |
|
|
the least significant bit to record whether we have
|
3201 |
|
|
already generated the necessary reloc. */
|
3202 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3203 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3204 |
|
|
else
|
3205 |
|
|
{
|
3206 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
|
3207 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3208 |
|
|
|
3209 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3210 |
|
|
{
|
3211 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
3212 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3213 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3214 |
|
|
|
3215 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
3216 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
3217 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3218 |
|
|
|
3219 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3220 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
|
3221 |
|
|
+ off);
|
3222 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
|
3223 |
|
|
loc = s->contents;
|
3224 |
|
|
loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3225 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3226 |
|
|
}
|
3227 |
|
|
|
3228 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
3229 |
|
|
}
|
3230 |
|
|
}
|
3231 |
|
|
|
3232 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
3233 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3234 |
|
|
|
3235 |
|
|
relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3236 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
|
3237 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3238 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
|
3239 |
|
|
break;
|
3240 |
|
|
|
3241 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTOFF:
|
3242 |
|
|
/* Relocation is relative to the start of the global offset
|
3243 |
|
|
table. */
|
3244 |
|
|
|
3245 |
|
|
/* Check to make sure it isn't a protected function symbol
|
3246 |
|
|
for shared library since it may not be local when used
|
3247 |
|
|
as function address. We also need to make sure that a
|
3248 |
|
|
symbol is defined locally. */
|
3249 |
|
|
if (info->shared && h)
|
3250 |
|
|
{
|
3251 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
3252 |
|
|
{
|
3253 |
|
|
const char *v;
|
3254 |
|
|
|
3255 |
|
|
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
|
3256 |
|
|
{
|
3257 |
|
|
case STV_HIDDEN:
|
3258 |
|
|
v = _("hidden symbol");
|
3259 |
|
|
break;
|
3260 |
|
|
case STV_INTERNAL:
|
3261 |
|
|
v = _("internal symbol");
|
3262 |
|
|
break;
|
3263 |
|
|
case STV_PROTECTED:
|
3264 |
|
|
v = _("protected symbol");
|
3265 |
|
|
break;
|
3266 |
|
|
default:
|
3267 |
|
|
v = _("symbol");
|
3268 |
|
|
break;
|
3269 |
|
|
}
|
3270 |
|
|
|
3271 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3272 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against undefined %s `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
|
3273 |
|
|
input_bfd, v, h->root.root.string);
|
3274 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3275 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3276 |
|
|
}
|
3277 |
|
|
else if (!info->executable
|
3278 |
|
|
&& h->type == STT_FUNC
|
3279 |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_PROTECTED)
|
3280 |
|
|
{
|
3281 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3282 |
|
|
(_("%B: relocation R_386_GOTOFF against protected function `%s' can not be used when making a shared object"),
|
3283 |
|
|
input_bfd, h->root.root.string);
|
3284 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3285 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3286 |
|
|
}
|
3287 |
|
|
}
|
3288 |
|
|
|
3289 |
|
|
/* Note that sgot is not involved in this
|
3290 |
|
|
calculation. We always want the start of .got.plt. If we
|
3291 |
|
|
defined _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ in a different way, as is
|
3292 |
|
|
permitted by the ABI, we might have to change this
|
3293 |
|
|
calculation. */
|
3294 |
|
|
relocation -= htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3295 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
|
3296 |
|
|
break;
|
3297 |
|
|
|
3298 |
|
|
case R_386_GOTPC:
|
3299 |
|
|
/* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
|
3300 |
|
|
relocation = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3301 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
|
3302 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3303 |
|
|
break;
|
3304 |
|
|
|
3305 |
|
|
case R_386_PLT32:
|
3306 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
3307 |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */
|
3308 |
|
|
|
3309 |
|
|
/* Resolve a PLT32 reloc against a local symbol directly,
|
3310 |
|
|
without using the procedure linkage table. */
|
3311 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
3312 |
|
|
break;
|
3313 |
|
|
|
3314 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
3315 |
|
|
|| htab->elf.splt == NULL)
|
3316 |
|
|
{
|
3317 |
|
|
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
|
3318 |
|
|
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
|
3319 |
|
|
using -Bsymbolic. */
|
3320 |
|
|
break;
|
3321 |
|
|
}
|
3322 |
|
|
|
3323 |
|
|
relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
3324 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
3325 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
3326 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3327 |
|
|
break;
|
3328 |
|
|
|
3329 |
|
|
case R_386_32:
|
3330 |
|
|
case R_386_PC32:
|
3331 |
|
|
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
|
3332 |
|
|
|| is_vxworks_tls)
|
3333 |
|
|
break;
|
3334 |
|
|
|
3335 |
|
|
if ((info->shared
|
3336 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
3337 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
3338 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
3339 |
|
|
&& (r_type != R_386_PC32
|
3340 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
3341 |
|
|
|| (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
3342 |
|
|
&& !info->shared
|
3343 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
3344 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx != -1
|
3345 |
|
|
&& !h->non_got_ref
|
3346 |
|
|
&& ((h->def_dynamic
|
3347 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
3348 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
3349 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
|
3350 |
|
|
{
|
3351 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3352 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3353 |
|
|
bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
|
3354 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3355 |
|
|
|
3356 |
|
|
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
3357 |
|
|
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
3358 |
|
|
time. */
|
3359 |
|
|
|
3360 |
|
|
skip = FALSE;
|
3361 |
|
|
relocate = FALSE;
|
3362 |
|
|
|
3363 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset =
|
3364 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
3365 |
|
|
rel->r_offset);
|
3366 |
|
|
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
3367 |
|
|
skip = TRUE;
|
3368 |
|
|
else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
3369 |
|
|
skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
|
3370 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
3371 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
3372 |
|
|
|
3373 |
|
|
if (skip)
|
3374 |
|
|
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
|
3375 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL
|
3376 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx != -1
|
3377 |
|
|
&& (r_type == R_386_PC32
|
3378 |
|
|
|| !info->shared
|
3379 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
|
3380 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))
|
3381 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
|
3382 |
|
|
else
|
3383 |
|
|
{
|
3384 |
|
|
/* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
|
3385 |
|
|
relocate = TRUE;
|
3386 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
|
3387 |
|
|
}
|
3388 |
|
|
|
3389 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
3390 |
|
|
|
3391 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL && sreloc->contents != NULL);
|
3392 |
|
|
|
3393 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3394 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3395 |
|
|
|
3396 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3397 |
|
|
|
3398 |
|
|
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
|
3399 |
|
|
not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
|
3400 |
|
|
need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
|
3401 |
|
|
an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
|
3402 |
|
|
if (! relocate)
|
3403 |
|
|
continue;
|
3404 |
|
|
}
|
3405 |
|
|
break;
|
3406 |
|
|
|
3407 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE:
|
3408 |
|
|
if (!info->executable)
|
3409 |
|
|
{
|
3410 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3411 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3412 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3413 |
|
|
|
3414 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
|
3415 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_section->vma
|
3416 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset;
|
3417 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
|
3418 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
3419 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
3420 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3421 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3422 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3423 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3424 |
|
|
}
|
3425 |
|
|
/* Fall through */
|
3426 |
|
|
|
3427 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GD:
|
3428 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTDESC:
|
3429 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL:
|
3430 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_IE_32:
|
3431 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
|
3432 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
|
3433 |
|
|
if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
|
3434 |
|
|
tls_type = elf_i386_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
|
3435 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL)
|
3436 |
|
|
tls_type = elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
|
3437 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
|
3438 |
|
|
tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE_NEG;
|
3439 |
|
|
|
3440 |
|
|
if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
|
3441 |
|
|
input_section, contents,
|
3442 |
|
|
symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
3443 |
|
|
&r_type, tls_type, rel,
|
3444 |
|
|
relend, h, r_symndx))
|
3445 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3446 |
|
|
|
3447 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
|
3448 |
|
|
{
|
3449 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
|
3450 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
|
3451 |
|
|
{
|
3452 |
|
|
unsigned int type;
|
3453 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3454 |
|
|
|
3455 |
|
|
/* GD->LE transition. */
|
3456 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3457 |
|
|
if (type == 0x04)
|
3458 |
|
|
{
|
3459 |
|
|
/* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
|
3460 |
|
|
Change it into:
|
3461 |
|
|
movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
|
3462 |
|
|
(6 byte form of subl). */
|
3463 |
|
|
memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 3,
|
3464 |
|
|
"\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
|
3465 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset + 5;
|
3466 |
|
|
}
|
3467 |
|
|
else
|
3468 |
|
|
{
|
3469 |
|
|
/* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
|
3470 |
|
|
Change it into:
|
3471 |
|
|
movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@tpoff, %eax
|
3472 |
|
|
(6 byte form of subl). */
|
3473 |
|
|
memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
|
3474 |
|
|
"\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x81\xe8\0\0\0", 12);
|
3475 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset + 6;
|
3476 |
|
|
}
|
3477 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
|
3478 |
|
|
contents + roff);
|
3479 |
|
|
/* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */
|
3480 |
|
|
rel++;
|
3481 |
|
|
continue;
|
3482 |
|
|
}
|
3483 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
|
3484 |
|
|
{
|
3485 |
|
|
/* GDesc -> LE transition.
|
3486 |
|
|
It's originally something like:
|
3487 |
|
|
leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
|
3488 |
|
|
|
3489 |
|
|
leal x@ntpoff, %eax
|
3490 |
|
|
|
3491 |
|
|
Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */
|
3492 |
|
|
|
3493 |
|
|
unsigned int val;
|
3494 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3495 |
|
|
|
3496 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset;
|
3497 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + roff - 1);
|
3498 |
|
|
|
3499 |
|
|
/* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
|
3500 |
|
|
/* aoliva FIXME: remove the above and xor the byte
|
3501 |
|
|
below with 0x86. */
|
3502 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, val ^ 0x86,
|
3503 |
|
|
contents + roff - 1);
|
3504 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
|
3505 |
|
|
contents + roff);
|
3506 |
|
|
continue;
|
3507 |
|
|
}
|
3508 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
|
3509 |
|
|
{
|
3510 |
|
|
/* GDesc -> LE transition.
|
3511 |
|
|
It's originally:
|
3512 |
|
|
call *(%eax)
|
3513 |
|
|
Turn it into:
|
3514 |
|
|
xchg %ax,%ax */
|
3515 |
|
|
|
3516 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3517 |
|
|
|
3518 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset;
|
3519 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
|
3520 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
|
3521 |
|
|
continue;
|
3522 |
|
|
}
|
3523 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_IE)
|
3524 |
|
|
{
|
3525 |
|
|
unsigned int val;
|
3526 |
|
|
|
3527 |
|
|
/* IE->LE transition:
|
3528 |
|
|
Originally it can be one of:
|
3529 |
|
|
movl foo, %eax
|
3530 |
|
|
movl foo, %reg
|
3531 |
|
|
addl foo, %reg
|
3532 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
3533 |
|
|
movl $foo, %eax
|
3534 |
|
|
movl $foo, %reg
|
3535 |
|
|
addl $foo, %reg. */
|
3536 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3537 |
|
|
if (val == 0xa1)
|
3538 |
|
|
{
|
3539 |
|
|
/* movl foo, %eax. */
|
3540 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xb8,
|
3541 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3542 |
|
|
}
|
3543 |
|
|
else
|
3544 |
|
|
{
|
3545 |
|
|
unsigned int type;
|
3546 |
|
|
|
3547 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd,
|
3548 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3549 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
3550 |
|
|
{
|
3551 |
|
|
case 0x8b:
|
3552 |
|
|
/* movl */
|
3553 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
|
3554 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3555 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
|
3556 |
|
|
0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
|
3557 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3558 |
|
|
break;
|
3559 |
|
|
case 0x03:
|
3560 |
|
|
/* addl */
|
3561 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
|
3562 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3563 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd,
|
3564 |
|
|
0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
|
3565 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3566 |
|
|
break;
|
3567 |
|
|
default:
|
3568 |
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
3569 |
|
|
break;
|
3570 |
|
|
}
|
3571 |
|
|
}
|
3572 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
|
3573 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3574 |
|
|
continue;
|
3575 |
|
|
}
|
3576 |
|
|
else
|
3577 |
|
|
{
|
3578 |
|
|
unsigned int val, type;
|
3579 |
|
|
|
3580 |
|
|
/* {IE_32,GOTIE}->LE transition:
|
3581 |
|
|
Originally it can be one of:
|
3582 |
|
|
subl foo(%reg1), %reg2
|
3583 |
|
|
movl foo(%reg1), %reg2
|
3584 |
|
|
addl foo(%reg1), %reg2
|
3585 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
3586 |
|
|
subl $foo, %reg2
|
3587 |
|
|
movl $foo, %reg2 (6 byte form)
|
3588 |
|
|
addl $foo, %reg2. */
|
3589 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3590 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3591 |
|
|
if (type == 0x8b)
|
3592 |
|
|
{
|
3593 |
|
|
/* movl */
|
3594 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc7,
|
3595 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3596 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
|
3597 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3598 |
|
|
}
|
3599 |
|
|
else if (type == 0x2b)
|
3600 |
|
|
{
|
3601 |
|
|
/* subl */
|
3602 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
|
3603 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3604 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xe8 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
|
3605 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3606 |
|
|
}
|
3607 |
|
|
else if (type == 0x03)
|
3608 |
|
|
{
|
3609 |
|
|
/* addl */
|
3610 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x81,
|
3611 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3612 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xc0 | ((val >> 3) & 7),
|
3613 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3614 |
|
|
}
|
3615 |
|
|
else
|
3616 |
|
|
BFD_FAIL ();
|
3617 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
|
3618 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
|
3619 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3620 |
|
|
else
|
3621 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation),
|
3622 |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3623 |
|
|
continue;
|
3624 |
|
|
}
|
3625 |
|
|
}
|
3626 |
|
|
|
3627 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
3628 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3629 |
|
|
|
3630 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
3631 |
|
|
{
|
3632 |
|
|
off = h->got.offset;
|
3633 |
|
|
offplt = elf_i386_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
|
3634 |
|
|
}
|
3635 |
|
|
else
|
3636 |
|
|
{
|
3637 |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
3638 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3639 |
|
|
|
3640 |
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
3641 |
|
|
offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
|
3642 |
|
|
}
|
3643 |
|
|
|
3644 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3645 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3646 |
|
|
else
|
3647 |
|
|
{
|
3648 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3649 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3650 |
|
|
int dr_type;
|
3651 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3652 |
|
|
|
3653 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
|
3654 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3655 |
|
|
|
3656 |
|
|
indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
|
3657 |
|
|
|
3658 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
|
3659 |
|
|
{
|
3660 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_DESC);
|
3661 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
|
3662 |
|
|
<= htab->elf.sgotplt->size);
|
3663 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3664 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
3665 |
|
|
+ offplt
|
3666 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
|
3667 |
|
|
sreloc = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
3668 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3669 |
|
|
loc += (htab->next_tls_desc_index++
|
3670 |
|
|
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
|
3671 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
|
3672 |
|
|
<= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
|
3673 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3674 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
3675 |
|
|
{
|
3676 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
|
3677 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3678 |
|
|
relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
|
3679 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
|
3680 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
|
3681 |
|
|
}
|
3682 |
|
|
else
|
3683 |
|
|
{
|
3684 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
3685 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + offplt
|
3686 |
|
|
+ htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
|
3687 |
|
|
}
|
3688 |
|
|
}
|
3689 |
|
|
|
3690 |
|
|
sreloc = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
3691 |
|
|
|
3692 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3693 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
|
3694 |
|
|
|
3695 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
|
3696 |
|
|
dr_type = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
|
3697 |
|
|
else if (GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
|
3698 |
|
|
goto dr_done;
|
3699 |
|
|
else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
|
3700 |
|
|
dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
|
3701 |
|
|
else
|
3702 |
|
|
dr_type = R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
|
3703 |
|
|
|
3704 |
|
|
if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF && indx == 0)
|
3705 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3706 |
|
|
relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
|
3707 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3708 |
|
|
else if (dr_type == R_386_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
|
3709 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3710 |
|
|
elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation,
|
3711 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3712 |
|
|
else if (dr_type != R_386_TLS_DESC)
|
3713 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
3714 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3715 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
|
3716 |
|
|
|
3717 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3718 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3719 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
|
3720 |
|
|
<= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
|
3721 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3722 |
|
|
|
3723 |
|
|
if (GOT_TLS_GD_P (tls_type))
|
3724 |
|
|
{
|
3725 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
3726 |
|
|
{
|
3727 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
|
3728 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3729 |
|
|
relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info),
|
3730 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
3731 |
|
|
}
|
3732 |
|
|
else
|
3733 |
|
|
{
|
3734 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
3735 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
3736 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
|
3737 |
|
|
R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32);
|
3738 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
3739 |
|
|
sreloc->reloc_count++;
|
3740 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3741 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)
|
3742 |
|
|
<= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
|
3743 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3744 |
|
|
}
|
3745 |
|
|
}
|
3746 |
|
|
else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
3747 |
|
|
{
|
3748 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3749 |
|
|
(indx == 0
|
3750 |
|
|
? relocation - elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info)
|
3751 |
|
|
: 0),
|
3752 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
3753 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
|
3754 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
3755 |
|
|
sreloc->reloc_count++;
|
3756 |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3757 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3758 |
|
|
}
|
3759 |
|
|
|
3760 |
|
|
dr_done:
|
3761 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
3762 |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1;
|
3763 |
|
|
else
|
3764 |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
|
3765 |
|
|
}
|
3766 |
|
|
|
3767 |
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2
|
3768 |
|
|
&& ! GOT_TLS_GDESC_P (tls_type))
|
3769 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3770 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC
|
3771 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
|
3772 |
|
|
{
|
3773 |
|
|
relocation = htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt;
|
3774 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3775 |
|
|
}
|
3776 |
|
|
else if (r_type == ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
3777 |
|
|
{
|
3778 |
|
|
bfd_vma g_o_t = htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3779 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
|
3780 |
|
|
relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3781 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - g_o_t;
|
3782 |
|
|
if ((r_type == R_386_TLS_IE || r_type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE)
|
3783 |
|
|
&& tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
3784 |
|
|
relocation += 4;
|
3785 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_TLS_IE)
|
3786 |
|
|
relocation += g_o_t;
|
3787 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3788 |
|
|
}
|
3789 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GD)
|
3790 |
|
|
{
|
3791 |
|
|
unsigned int val, type;
|
3792 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3793 |
|
|
|
3794 |
|
|
/* GD->IE transition. */
|
3795 |
|
|
type = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 2);
|
3796 |
|
|
val = bfd_get_8 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - 1);
|
3797 |
|
|
if (type == 0x04)
|
3798 |
|
|
{
|
3799 |
|
|
/* leal foo(,%reg,1), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr
|
3800 |
|
|
Change it into:
|
3801 |
|
|
movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */
|
3802 |
|
|
val >>= 3;
|
3803 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset - 3;
|
3804 |
|
|
}
|
3805 |
|
|
else
|
3806 |
|
|
{
|
3807 |
|
|
/* leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr; nop
|
3808 |
|
|
Change it into:
|
3809 |
|
|
movl %gs:0, %eax; subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax. */
|
3810 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset - 2;
|
3811 |
|
|
}
|
3812 |
|
|
memcpy (contents + roff,
|
3813 |
|
|
"\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x2b\x80\0\0\0", 12);
|
3814 |
|
|
contents[roff + 7] = 0x80 | (val & 7);
|
3815 |
|
|
/* If foo is used only with foo@gotntpoff(%reg) and
|
3816 |
|
|
foo@indntpoff, but not with foo@gottpoff(%reg), change
|
3817 |
|
|
subl $foo@gottpoff(%reg), %eax
|
3818 |
|
|
into:
|
3819 |
|
|
addl $foo@gotntpoff(%reg), %eax. */
|
3820 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_POS)
|
3821 |
|
|
contents[roff + 6] = 0x03;
|
3822 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3823 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3824 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
|
3825 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3826 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
|
3827 |
|
|
contents + roff + 8);
|
3828 |
|
|
/* Skip R_386_PLT32. */
|
3829 |
|
|
rel++;
|
3830 |
|
|
continue;
|
3831 |
|
|
}
|
3832 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_GOTDESC)
|
3833 |
|
|
{
|
3834 |
|
|
/* GDesc -> IE transition.
|
3835 |
|
|
It's originally something like:
|
3836 |
|
|
leal x@tlsdesc(%ebx), %eax
|
3837 |
|
|
|
3838 |
|
|
Change it to:
|
3839 |
|
|
movl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax # before xchg %ax,%ax
|
3840 |
|
|
or:
|
3841 |
|
|
movl x@gottpoff(%ebx), %eax # before negl %eax
|
3842 |
|
|
|
3843 |
|
|
Registers other than %eax may be set up here. */
|
3844 |
|
|
|
3845 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3846 |
|
|
|
3847 |
|
|
/* First, make sure it's a leal adding ebx to a 32-bit
|
3848 |
|
|
offset into any register, although it's probably
|
3849 |
|
|
almost always going to be eax. */
|
3850 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset;
|
3851 |
|
|
|
3852 |
|
|
/* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
|
3853 |
|
|
/* To turn a leal into a movl in the form we use it, it
|
3854 |
|
|
suffices to change the first byte from 0x8d to 0x8b.
|
3855 |
|
|
aoliva FIXME: should we decide to keep the leal, all
|
3856 |
|
|
we have to do is remove the statement below, and
|
3857 |
|
|
adjust the relaxation of R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL. */
|
3858 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x8b, contents + roff - 2);
|
3859 |
|
|
|
3860 |
|
|
if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE_BOTH)
|
3861 |
|
|
off += 4;
|
3862 |
|
|
|
3863 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
3864 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3865 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
|
3866 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3867 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset,
|
3868 |
|
|
contents + roff);
|
3869 |
|
|
continue;
|
3870 |
|
|
}
|
3871 |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_386_TLS_DESC_CALL)
|
3872 |
|
|
{
|
3873 |
|
|
/* GDesc -> IE transition.
|
3874 |
|
|
It's originally:
|
3875 |
|
|
call *(%eax)
|
3876 |
|
|
|
3877 |
|
|
Change it to:
|
3878 |
|
|
xchg %ax,%ax
|
3879 |
|
|
or
|
3880 |
|
|
negl %eax
|
3881 |
|
|
depending on how we transformed the TLS_GOTDESC above.
|
3882 |
|
|
*/
|
3883 |
|
|
|
3884 |
|
|
bfd_vma roff;
|
3885 |
|
|
|
3886 |
|
|
roff = rel->r_offset;
|
3887 |
|
|
|
3888 |
|
|
/* Now modify the instruction as appropriate. */
|
3889 |
|
|
if (tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE_NEG)
|
3890 |
|
|
{
|
3891 |
|
|
/* xchg %ax,%ax */
|
3892 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x66, contents + roff);
|
3893 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0x90, contents + roff + 1);
|
3894 |
|
|
}
|
3895 |
|
|
else
|
3896 |
|
|
{
|
3897 |
|
|
/* negl %eax */
|
3898 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xf7, contents + roff);
|
3899 |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (output_bfd, 0xd8, contents + roff + 1);
|
3900 |
|
|
}
|
3901 |
|
|
|
3902 |
|
|
continue;
|
3903 |
|
|
}
|
3904 |
|
|
else
|
3905 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
3906 |
|
|
break;
|
3907 |
|
|
|
3908 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDM:
|
3909 |
|
|
if (! elf_i386_tls_transition (info, input_bfd,
|
3910 |
|
|
input_section, contents,
|
3911 |
|
|
symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
3912 |
|
|
&r_type, GOT_UNKNOWN, rel,
|
3913 |
|
|
relend, h, r_symndx))
|
3914 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3915 |
|
|
|
3916 |
|
|
if (r_type != R_386_TLS_LDM)
|
3917 |
|
|
{
|
3918 |
|
|
/* LD->LE transition:
|
3919 |
|
|
leal foo(%reg), %eax; call ___tls_get_addr.
|
3920 |
|
|
We change it into:
|
3921 |
|
|
movl %gs:0, %eax; nop; leal 0(%esi,1), %esi. */
|
3922 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32);
|
3923 |
|
|
memcpy (contents + rel->r_offset - 2,
|
3924 |
|
|
"\x65\xa1\0\0\0\0\x90\x8d\x74\x26", 11);
|
3925 |
|
|
/* Skip R_386_PC32/R_386_PLT32. */
|
3926 |
|
|
rel++;
|
3927 |
|
|
continue;
|
3928 |
|
|
}
|
3929 |
|
|
|
3930 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
3931 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3932 |
|
|
|
3933 |
|
|
off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
|
3934 |
|
|
if (off & 1)
|
3935 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3936 |
|
|
else
|
3937 |
|
|
{
|
3938 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3939 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3940 |
|
|
|
3941 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
|
3942 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3943 |
|
|
|
3944 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3945 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
|
3946 |
|
|
|
3947 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
3948 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
3949 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
|
3950 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
3951 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
3952 |
|
|
loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
|
3953 |
|
|
loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3954 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3955 |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
|
3956 |
|
|
}
|
3957 |
|
|
relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
3958 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off
|
3959 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
3960 |
|
|
- htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset;
|
3961 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3962 |
|
|
break;
|
3963 |
|
|
|
3964 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LDO_32:
|
3965 |
|
|
if (info->shared || (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
|
3966 |
|
|
relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
|
3967 |
|
|
else
|
3968 |
|
|
/* When converting LDO to LE, we must negate. */
|
3969 |
|
|
relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
|
3970 |
|
|
break;
|
3971 |
|
|
|
3972 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
|
3973 |
|
|
case R_386_TLS_LE:
|
3974 |
|
|
if (!info->executable)
|
3975 |
|
|
{
|
3976 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3977 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3978 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3979 |
|
|
|
3980 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = rel->r_offset
|
3981 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_section->vma
|
3982 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset;
|
3983 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
|
3984 |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx;
|
3985 |
|
|
else
|
3986 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
3987 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
|
3988 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF32);
|
3989 |
|
|
else
|
3990 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_386_TLS_TPOFF);
|
3991 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
3992 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
3993 |
|
|
abort ();
|
3994 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
3995 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
3996 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
3997 |
|
|
if (indx)
|
3998 |
|
|
continue;
|
3999 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
|
4000 |
|
|
relocation = elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info) - relocation;
|
4001 |
|
|
else
|
4002 |
|
|
relocation -= elf_i386_dtpoff_base (info);
|
4003 |
|
|
}
|
4004 |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
|
4005 |
|
|
relocation = elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
|
4006 |
|
|
else
|
4007 |
|
|
relocation = -elf_i386_tpoff (info, relocation);
|
4008 |
|
|
break;
|
4009 |
|
|
|
4010 |
|
|
default:
|
4011 |
|
|
break;
|
4012 |
|
|
}
|
4013 |
|
|
|
4014 |
|
|
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
|
4015 |
|
|
because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
|
4016 |
|
|
not process them. */
|
4017 |
|
|
if (unresolved_reloc
|
4018 |
|
|
&& !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
4019 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic))
|
4020 |
|
|
{
|
4021 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
4022 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
|
4023 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
4024 |
|
|
input_section,
|
4025 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset,
|
4026 |
|
|
howto->name,
|
4027 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
4028 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4029 |
|
|
}
|
4030 |
|
|
|
4031 |
|
|
do_relocation:
|
4032 |
|
|
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
|
4033 |
|
|
contents, rel->r_offset,
|
4034 |
|
|
relocation, 0);
|
4035 |
|
|
|
4036 |
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
4037 |
|
|
{
|
4038 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4039 |
|
|
|
4040 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4041 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
4042 |
|
|
else
|
4043 |
|
|
{
|
4044 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
4045 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
4046 |
|
|
sym->st_name);
|
4047 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
4048 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4049 |
|
|
if (*name == '\0')
|
4050 |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
4051 |
|
|
}
|
4052 |
|
|
|
4053 |
|
|
if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
|
4054 |
|
|
{
|
4055 |
|
|
if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
|
4056 |
|
|
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
|
4057 |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
|
4058 |
|
|
rel->r_offset)))
|
4059 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4060 |
|
|
}
|
4061 |
|
|
else
|
4062 |
|
|
{
|
4063 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
4064 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
|
4065 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section,
|
4066 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
|
4067 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4068 |
|
|
}
|
4069 |
|
|
}
|
4070 |
|
|
}
|
4071 |
|
|
|
4072 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4073 |
|
|
}
|
4074 |
|
|
|
4075 |
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
4076 |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */
|
4077 |
|
|
|
4078 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4079 |
|
|
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
|
4080 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
4081 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
4082 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
4083 |
|
|
{
|
4084 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4085 |
|
|
|
4086 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
4087 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
4088 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4089 |
|
|
|
4090 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
4091 |
|
|
{
|
4092 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index;
|
4093 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
4094 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
4095 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4096 |
|
|
asection *plt, *gotplt, *relplt;
|
4097 |
|
|
|
4098 |
|
|
/* When building a static executable, use .iplt, .igot.plt and
|
4099 |
|
|
.rel.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
|
4100 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
|
4101 |
|
|
{
|
4102 |
|
|
plt = htab->elf.splt;
|
4103 |
|
|
gotplt = htab->elf.sgotplt;
|
4104 |
|
|
relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
4105 |
|
|
}
|
4106 |
|
|
else
|
4107 |
|
|
{
|
4108 |
|
|
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
4109 |
|
|
gotplt = htab->elf.igotplt;
|
4110 |
|
|
relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
4111 |
|
|
}
|
4112 |
|
|
|
4113 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
|
4114 |
|
|
it up. */
|
4115 |
|
|
|
4116 |
|
|
if ((h->dynindx == -1
|
4117 |
|
|
&& !((h->forced_local || info->executable)
|
4118 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular
|
4119 |
|
|
&& h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
|
4120 |
|
|
|| plt == NULL
|
4121 |
|
|
|| gotplt == NULL
|
4122 |
|
|
|| relplt == NULL)
|
4123 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4124 |
|
|
|
4125 |
|
|
/* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
|
4126 |
|
|
corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
|
4127 |
|
|
in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
|
4128 |
|
|
first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.
|
4129 |
|
|
|
4130 |
|
|
Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
|
4131 |
|
|
corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
|
4132 |
|
|
The first three are reserved.
|
4133 |
|
|
|
4134 |
|
|
For static executables, we don't reserve anything. */
|
4135 |
|
|
|
4136 |
|
|
if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
|
4137 |
|
|
{
|
4138 |
|
|
plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - 1;
|
4139 |
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
|
4140 |
|
|
}
|
4141 |
|
|
else
|
4142 |
|
|
{
|
4143 |
|
|
plt_index = h->plt.offset / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
4144 |
|
|
got_offset = plt_index * 4;
|
4145 |
|
|
}
|
4146 |
|
|
|
4147 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
4148 |
|
|
if (! info->shared)
|
4149 |
|
|
{
|
4150 |
|
|
memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_plt_entry,
|
4151 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
|
4152 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4153 |
|
|
(gotplt->output_section->vma
|
4154 |
|
|
+ gotplt->output_offset
|
4155 |
|
|
+ got_offset),
|
4156 |
|
|
plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
|
4157 |
|
|
|
4158 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
4159 |
|
|
{
|
4160 |
|
|
int s, k, reloc_index;
|
4161 |
|
|
|
4162 |
|
|
/* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the GOT
|
4163 |
|
|
for this PLT entry. */
|
4164 |
|
|
|
4165 |
|
|
/* S: Current slot number (zero-based). */
|
4166 |
|
|
s = (h->plt.offset - PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
4167 |
|
|
/* K: Number of relocations for PLTResolve. */
|
4168 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4169 |
|
|
k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB;
|
4170 |
|
|
else
|
4171 |
|
|
k = PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS;
|
4172 |
|
|
/* Skip the PLTresolve relocations, and the relocations for
|
4173 |
|
|
the other PLT slots. */
|
4174 |
|
|
reloc_index = k + s * PLT_NON_JUMP_SLOT_RELOCS;
|
4175 |
|
|
loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents + reloc_index
|
4176 |
|
|
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
|
4177 |
|
|
|
4178 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
4179 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
4180 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset + 2),
|
4181 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
|
4182 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
4183 |
|
|
|
4184 |
|
|
/* Create the R_386_32 relocation referencing the beginning of
|
4185 |
|
|
the PLT for this GOT entry. */
|
4186 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
4187 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
4188 |
|
|
+ got_offset);
|
4189 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
|
4190 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
|
4191 |
|
|
loc + sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
|
4192 |
|
|
}
|
4193 |
|
|
}
|
4194 |
|
|
else
|
4195 |
|
|
{
|
4196 |
|
|
memcpy (plt->contents + h->plt.offset, elf_i386_pic_plt_entry,
|
4197 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
|
4198 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
|
4199 |
|
|
plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 2);
|
4200 |
|
|
}
|
4201 |
|
|
|
4202 |
|
|
/* Don't fill PLT entry for static executables. */
|
4203 |
|
|
if (plt == htab->elf.splt)
|
4204 |
|
|
{
|
4205 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
|
4206 |
|
|
plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 7);
|
4207 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, - (h->plt.offset + PLT_ENTRY_SIZE),
|
4208 |
|
|
plt->contents + h->plt.offset + 12);
|
4209 |
|
|
}
|
4210 |
|
|
|
4211 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
|
4212 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4213 |
|
|
(plt->output_section->vma
|
4214 |
|
|
+ plt->output_offset
|
4215 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
4216 |
|
|
+ 6),
|
4217 |
|
|
gotplt->contents + got_offset);
|
4218 |
|
|
|
4219 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
|
4220 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (gotplt->output_section->vma
|
4221 |
|
|
+ gotplt->output_offset
|
4222 |
|
|
+ got_offset);
|
4223 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
4224 |
|
|
|| ((info->executable
|
4225 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
4226 |
|
|
&& h->def_regular
|
4227 |
|
|
&& h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
|
4228 |
|
|
{
|
4229 |
|
|
/* If an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol is locally defined, generate
|
4230 |
|
|
R_386_IRELATIVE instead of R_386_JUMP_SLOT. Store addend
|
4231 |
|
|
in the .got.plt section. */
|
4232 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4233 |
|
|
(h->root.u.def.value
|
4234 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
4235 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset),
|
4236 |
|
|
gotplt->contents + got_offset);
|
4237 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_IRELATIVE);
|
4238 |
|
|
}
|
4239 |
|
|
else
|
4240 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_JUMP_SLOT);
|
4241 |
|
|
loc = relplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4242 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
4243 |
|
|
|
4244 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
4245 |
|
|
{
|
4246 |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
|
4247 |
|
|
the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any
|
4248 |
|
|
relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue
|
4249 |
|
|
for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer
|
4250 |
|
|
comparisons work between an application and shared
|
4251 |
|
|
library), otherwise set it to zero. If a function is only
|
4252 |
|
|
called from a binary, there is no need to slow down
|
4253 |
|
|
shared libraries because of that. */
|
4254 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
4255 |
|
|
if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
4256 |
|
|
sym->st_value = 0;
|
4257 |
|
|
}
|
4258 |
|
|
}
|
4259 |
|
|
|
4260 |
|
|
if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
4261 |
|
|
&& ! GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type)
|
4262 |
|
|
&& (elf_i386_hash_entry(h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
|
4263 |
|
|
{
|
4264 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
4265 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4266 |
|
|
|
4267 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
|
4268 |
|
|
up. */
|
4269 |
|
|
|
4270 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL || htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
|
4271 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4272 |
|
|
|
4273 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
4274 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
|
4275 |
|
|
+ (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
|
4276 |
|
|
|
4277 |
|
|
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
|
4278 |
|
|
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
|
4279 |
|
|
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
|
4280 |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table will already have been
|
4281 |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */
|
4282 |
|
|
if (h->def_regular
|
4283 |
|
|
&& h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
4284 |
|
|
{
|
4285 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4286 |
|
|
{
|
4287 |
|
|
/* Generate R_386_GLOB_DAT. */
|
4288 |
|
|
goto do_glob_dat;
|
4289 |
|
|
}
|
4290 |
|
|
else
|
4291 |
|
|
{
|
4292 |
|
|
asection *plt;
|
4293 |
|
|
|
4294 |
|
|
if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
4295 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4296 |
|
|
|
4297 |
|
|
/* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
|
4298 |
|
|
contains the real function addres if we need pointer
|
4299 |
|
|
equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */
|
4300 |
|
|
plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
|
4301 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4302 |
|
|
(plt->output_section->vma
|
4303 |
|
|
+ plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
|
4304 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
|
4305 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4306 |
|
|
}
|
4307 |
|
|
}
|
4308 |
|
|
else if (info->shared
|
4309 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
4310 |
|
|
{
|
4311 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
|
4312 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_386_RELATIVE);
|
4313 |
|
|
}
|
4314 |
|
|
else
|
4315 |
|
|
{
|
4316 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
|
4317 |
|
|
do_glob_dat:
|
4318 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
|
4319 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
|
4320 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_GLOB_DAT);
|
4321 |
|
|
}
|
4322 |
|
|
|
4323 |
|
|
loc = htab->elf.srelgot->contents;
|
4324 |
|
|
loc += htab->elf.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4325 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
4326 |
|
|
}
|
4327 |
|
|
|
4328 |
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
4329 |
|
|
{
|
4330 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
4331 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4332 |
|
|
|
4333 |
|
|
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
4334 |
|
|
|
4335 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
4336 |
|
|
|| (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
|
4337 |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
4338 |
|
|
|| htab->srelbss == NULL)
|
4339 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4340 |
|
|
|
4341 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
|
4342 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
4343 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
4344 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_386_COPY);
|
4345 |
|
|
loc = htab->srelbss->contents;
|
4346 |
|
|
loc += htab->srelbss->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4347 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
4348 |
|
|
}
|
4349 |
|
|
|
4350 |
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. SYM may
|
4351 |
|
|
be NULL for local symbols.
|
4352 |
|
|
|
4353 |
|
|
On VxWorks, the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol is not absolute: it
|
4354 |
|
|
is relative to the ".got" section. */
|
4355 |
|
|
if (sym != NULL
|
4356 |
|
|
&& (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
|
4357 |
|
|
|| (!htab->is_vxworks && h == htab->elf.hgot)))
|
4358 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
4359 |
|
|
|
4360 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4361 |
|
|
}
|
4362 |
|
|
|
4363 |
|
|
/* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of
|
4364 |
|
|
various dynamic sections here. */
|
4365 |
|
|
|
4366 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4367 |
|
|
elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
|
4368 |
|
|
{
|
4369 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
|
4370 |
|
|
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
|
4371 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info
|
4372 |
|
|
= (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
4373 |
|
|
|
4374 |
|
|
return elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
|
4375 |
|
|
h, NULL);
|
4376 |
|
|
}
|
4377 |
|
|
|
4378 |
|
|
/* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
|
4379 |
|
|
dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
|
4380 |
|
|
|
4381 |
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
4382 |
|
|
elf_i386_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
4383 |
|
|
{
|
4384 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
4385 |
|
|
{
|
4386 |
|
|
case R_386_RELATIVE:
|
4387 |
|
|
return reloc_class_relative;
|
4388 |
|
|
case R_386_JUMP_SLOT:
|
4389 |
|
|
return reloc_class_plt;
|
4390 |
|
|
case R_386_COPY:
|
4391 |
|
|
return reloc_class_copy;
|
4392 |
|
|
default:
|
4393 |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal;
|
4394 |
|
|
}
|
4395 |
|
|
}
|
4396 |
|
|
|
4397 |
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
4398 |
|
|
|
4399 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4400 |
|
|
elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
4401 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
4402 |
|
|
{
|
4403 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4404 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
4405 |
|
|
asection *sdyn;
|
4406 |
|
|
|
4407 |
|
|
htab = elf_i386_hash_table (info);
|
4408 |
|
|
if (htab == NULL)
|
4409 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4410 |
|
|
|
4411 |
|
|
dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
|
4412 |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
4413 |
|
|
|
4414 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
4415 |
|
|
{
|
4416 |
|
|
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
4417 |
|
|
|
4418 |
|
|
if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
4419 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4420 |
|
|
|
4421 |
|
|
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
4422 |
|
|
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
4423 |
|
|
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
4424 |
|
|
{
|
4425 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
4426 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
4427 |
|
|
|
4428 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
4429 |
|
|
|
4430 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
4431 |
|
|
{
|
4432 |
|
|
default:
|
4433 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks
|
4434 |
|
|
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
|
4435 |
|
|
break;
|
4436 |
|
|
continue;
|
4437 |
|
|
|
4438 |
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
4439 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
|
4440 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
4441 |
|
|
break;
|
4442 |
|
|
|
4443 |
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
4444 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
4445 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
4446 |
|
|
break;
|
4447 |
|
|
|
4448 |
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
4449 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
4450 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
|
4451 |
|
|
break;
|
4452 |
|
|
|
4453 |
|
|
case DT_RELSZ:
|
4454 |
|
|
/* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
|
4455 |
|
|
procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
|
4456 |
|
|
included in the overall relocs (DT_REL). This is
|
4457 |
|
|
what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
|
4458 |
|
|
that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELSZ entry
|
4459 |
|
|
here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. */
|
4460 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
4461 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
4462 |
|
|
continue;
|
4463 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
|
4464 |
|
|
break;
|
4465 |
|
|
|
4466 |
|
|
case DT_REL:
|
4467 |
|
|
/* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
|
4468 |
|
|
If .rel.plt is the first .rel section, we adjust
|
4469 |
|
|
DT_REL to not include it. */
|
4470 |
|
|
s = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
4471 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
4472 |
|
|
continue;
|
4473 |
|
|
if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
|
4474 |
|
|
continue;
|
4475 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
|
4476 |
|
|
break;
|
4477 |
|
|
}
|
4478 |
|
|
|
4479 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
4480 |
|
|
}
|
4481 |
|
|
|
4482 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
4483 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.splt && htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
|
4484 |
|
|
{
|
4485 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4486 |
|
|
{
|
4487 |
|
|
memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry,
|
4488 |
|
|
sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
|
4489 |
|
|
memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry),
|
4490 |
|
|
htab->plt0_pad_byte,
|
4491 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_pic_plt0_entry));
|
4492 |
|
|
}
|
4493 |
|
|
else
|
4494 |
|
|
{
|
4495 |
|
|
memcpy (htab->elf.splt->contents, elf_i386_plt0_entry,
|
4496 |
|
|
sizeof(elf_i386_plt0_entry));
|
4497 |
|
|
memset (htab->elf.splt->contents + sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry),
|
4498 |
|
|
htab->plt0_pad_byte,
|
4499 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE - sizeof (elf_i386_plt0_entry));
|
4500 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4501 |
|
|
(htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
4502 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
4503 |
|
|
+ 4),
|
4504 |
|
|
htab->elf.splt->contents + 2);
|
4505 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4506 |
|
|
(htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
4507 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
4508 |
|
|
+ 8),
|
4509 |
|
|
htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
|
4510 |
|
|
|
4511 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks)
|
4512 |
|
|
{
|
4513 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
4514 |
|
|
|
4515 |
|
|
/* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 4.
|
4516 |
|
|
On IA32 we use REL relocations so the addend goes in
|
4517 |
|
|
the PLT directly. */
|
4518 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
4519 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
4520 |
|
|
+ 2);
|
4521 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
|
4522 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
|
4523 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->contents);
|
4524 |
|
|
/* Generate a relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
|
4525 |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
4526 |
|
|
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
4527 |
|
|
+ 8);
|
4528 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
|
4529 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel,
|
4530 |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->contents +
|
4531 |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel));
|
4532 |
|
|
}
|
4533 |
|
|
}
|
4534 |
|
|
|
4535 |
|
|
/* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
|
4536 |
|
|
really seem like the right value. */
|
4537 |
|
|
elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)
|
4538 |
|
|
->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
4539 |
|
|
|
4540 |
|
|
/* Correct the .rel.plt.unloaded relocations. */
|
4541 |
|
|
if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
|
4542 |
|
|
{
|
4543 |
|
|
int num_plts = (htab->elf.splt->size / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE) - 1;
|
4544 |
|
|
unsigned char *p;
|
4545 |
|
|
|
4546 |
|
|
p = htab->srelplt2->contents;
|
4547 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
4548 |
|
|
p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4549 |
|
|
else
|
4550 |
|
|
p += PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4551 |
|
|
|
4552 |
|
|
for (; num_plts; num_plts--)
|
4553 |
|
|
{
|
4554 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
4555 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
|
4556 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_386_32);
|
4557 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
|
4558 |
|
|
p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4559 |
|
|
|
4560 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, p, &rel);
|
4561 |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_386_32);
|
4562 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, p);
|
4563 |
|
|
p += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel);
|
4564 |
|
|
}
|
4565 |
|
|
}
|
4566 |
|
|
}
|
4567 |
|
|
}
|
4568 |
|
|
|
4569 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
|
4570 |
|
|
{
|
4571 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
|
4572 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgotplt->size > 0)
|
4573 |
|
|
{
|
4574 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4575 |
|
|
(sdyn == NULL ? 0
|
4576 |
|
|
: sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset),
|
4577 |
|
|
htab->elf.sgotplt->contents);
|
4578 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 4);
|
4579 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + 8);
|
4580 |
|
|
}
|
4581 |
|
|
|
4582 |
|
|
elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
4583 |
|
|
}
|
4584 |
|
|
|
4585 |
|
|
if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
|
4586 |
|
|
elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
4587 |
|
|
|
4588 |
|
|
/* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
|
4589 |
|
|
htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table,
|
4590 |
|
|
elf_i386_finish_local_dynamic_symbol,
|
4591 |
|
|
info);
|
4592 |
|
|
|
4593 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4594 |
|
|
}
|
4595 |
|
|
|
4596 |
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
4597 |
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
4598 |
|
|
|
4599 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
4600 |
|
|
elf_i386_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
4601 |
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
4602 |
|
|
{
|
4603 |
|
|
return plt->vma + (i + 1) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
4604 |
|
|
}
|
4605 |
|
|
|
4606 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
|
4607 |
|
|
|
4608 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4609 |
|
|
elf_i386_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
4610 |
|
|
{
|
4611 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
4612 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular
|
4613 |
|
|
&& !h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
4614 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4615 |
|
|
|
4616 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
|
4617 |
|
|
}
|
4618 |
|
|
|
4619 |
|
|
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
|
4620 |
|
|
file. */
|
4621 |
|
|
|
4622 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4623 |
|
|
elf_i386_add_symbol_hook (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
4624 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
4625 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,
|
4626 |
|
|
const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
4627 |
|
|
flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
4628 |
|
|
asection ** secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
4629 |
|
|
bfd_vma * valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
4630 |
|
|
{
|
4631 |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
4632 |
|
|
elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_ifunc_symbols = TRUE;
|
4633 |
|
|
|
4634 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4635 |
|
|
}
|
4636 |
|
|
|
4637 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_i386_vec
|
4638 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386"
|
4639 |
|
|
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_i386
|
4640 |
|
|
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_386
|
4641 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
4642 |
|
|
|
4643 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
4644 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
4645 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
|
4646 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
|
4647 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
|
4648 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
|
4649 |
|
|
|
4650 |
|
|
/* Support RELA for objdump of prelink objects. */
|
4651 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
|
4652 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto_rel elf_i386_info_to_howto_rel
|
4653 |
|
|
|
4654 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject elf_i386_mkobject
|
4655 |
|
|
|
4656 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name elf_i386_is_local_label_name
|
4657 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf_i386_link_hash_table_create
|
4658 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free elf_i386_link_hash_table_free
|
4659 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_i386_reloc_type_lookup
|
4660 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup elf_i386_reloc_name_lookup
|
4661 |
|
|
|
4662 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
4663 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
|
4664 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_i386_check_relocs
|
4665 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_i386_copy_indirect_symbol
|
4666 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_i386_create_dynamic_sections
|
4667 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_fake_sections elf_i386_fake_sections
|
4668 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_i386_finish_dynamic_sections
|
4669 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
4670 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_i386_gc_mark_hook
|
4671 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_i386_gc_sweep_hook
|
4672 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_i386_grok_prstatus
|
4673 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_i386_grok_psinfo
|
4674 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_i386_reloc_type_class
|
4675 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_i386_relocate_section
|
4676 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_i386_size_dynamic_sections
|
4677 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf_i386_always_size_sections
|
4678 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym \
|
4679 |
|
|
((bfd_boolean (*) (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *)) bfd_true)
|
4680 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val elf_i386_plt_sym_val
|
4681 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol elf_i386_hash_symbol
|
4682 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_i386_add_symbol_hook
|
4683 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
|
4684 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers _bfd_elf_set_osabi
|
4685 |
|
|
|
4686 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
4687 |
|
|
|
4688 |
|
|
/* FreeBSD support. */
|
4689 |
|
|
|
4690 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
4691 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_i386_freebsd_vec
|
4692 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
4693 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-freebsd"
|
4694 |
|
|
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
4695 |
|
|
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
|
4696 |
|
|
|
4697 |
|
|
/* The kernel recognizes executables as valid only if they carry a
|
4698 |
|
|
"FreeBSD" label in the ELF header. So we put this label on all
|
4699 |
|
|
executables and (for simplicity) also all other object files. */
|
4700 |
|
|
|
4701 |
|
|
static void
|
4702 |
|
|
elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
4703 |
|
|
{
|
4704 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_set_osabi (abfd, info);
|
4705 |
|
|
|
4706 |
|
|
#ifdef OLD_FREEBSD_ABI_LABEL
|
4707 |
|
|
/* The ABI label supported by FreeBSD <= 4.0 is quite nonstandard. */
|
4708 |
|
|
memcpy (&i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION], "FreeBSD", 8);
|
4709 |
|
|
#endif
|
4710 |
|
|
}
|
4711 |
|
|
|
4712 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
|
4713 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf_i386_fbsd_post_process_headers
|
4714 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
4715 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_i386_fbsd_bed
|
4716 |
|
|
|
4717 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
|
4718 |
|
|
|
4719 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
4720 |
|
|
|
4721 |
|
|
/* VxWorks support. */
|
4722 |
|
|
|
4723 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
4724 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_i386_vxworks_vec
|
4725 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
4726 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-i386-vxworks"
|
4727 |
|
|
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
4728 |
|
|
|
4729 |
|
|
/* Like elf_i386_link_hash_table_create but with tweaks for VxWorks. */
|
4730 |
|
|
|
4731 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
4732 |
|
|
elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
4733 |
|
|
{
|
4734 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
|
4735 |
|
|
struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4736 |
|
|
|
4737 |
|
|
ret = elf_i386_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
|
4738 |
|
|
if (ret)
|
4739 |
|
|
{
|
4740 |
|
|
htab = (struct elf_i386_link_hash_table *) ret;
|
4741 |
|
|
htab->is_vxworks = 1;
|
4742 |
|
|
htab->plt0_pad_byte = 0x90;
|
4743 |
|
|
}
|
4744 |
|
|
|
4745 |
|
|
return ret;
|
4746 |
|
|
}
|
4747 |
|
|
|
4748 |
|
|
|
4749 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_relocs_compatible
|
4750 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
|
4751 |
|
|
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
|
4752 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
|
4753 |
|
|
elf_i386_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
|
4754 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
|
4755 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
|
4756 |
|
|
elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
|
4757 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
|
4758 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
|
4759 |
|
|
elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
|
4760 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
|
4761 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
|
4762 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
|
4763 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
|
4764 |
|
|
elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
|
4765 |
|
|
|
4766 |
|
|
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
|
4767 |
|
|
define it. */
|
4768 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
|
4769 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
|
4770 |
|
|
|
4771 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed
|
4772 |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_i386_vxworks_bed
|
4773 |
|
|
|
4774 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|